Linguistics - John Benjamins

FALL 

2012 

John Benjamins 

Publishing Company

JOHN BENJAMINS PUBLISHING COMPANY 

A M S T E R D A M / P H I L A D E L P H I A 

www.benjamins.com 

Customers in North America: 

Orders & Payments 

John Benjamins Publishing Company 

P.O. Box 960 

Herndon VA 20172-0960 

Tel.: 800 562-5666 · Fax 703 661-1501 

benjamins@presswarehouse.com 

Returns Department 


22883 Quicksilver Drive 

Dulles VA 20166 

Contact 


P.O. Box 27519 

Philadelphia PA 19118 

Tel.: 215 836-1200 · Fax 215 836-1204 

service@benjamins.com 

Customers outside North America: 

Main office 


P.O.Box 36224 

nl-1020 me Amsterdam 

The Netherlands 

Tel. +31 20 6304747 / Fax +31 20 6739773 

customer.services@benjamins.nl 

General Ordering Information 

All books listed may be ordered through your regular book trade channels, 

or directly from John Benjamins Publishing Company. 

Prices are indicated in US dollars, and are subject to change without notice. 

Orders from Individuals 

Please include prepayment in the form of a check or visa/ mastercard/ 

american express/discover charge card information (name as it appears on 

the card, number and expiration date). You may also order on-line at 

www.benjamins.com 

Additional charges: 

USA: Please add USD 6.00 shipping for first book, USD 1.00 for each 

additional book ordered. 

Pennsylvania residents must add 6% sales tax to cost of book. 

Canada: USD 8.00 for first book, USD 2.00 for each additional. We are 

required to charge 5% GST on book & shipping. 

Canadian Business No.: 131316846 rt 

Mexico: USD 8.00 for first book, USD 2.00 for each additional. 

Examination & Desk Copy Policies 

Terms available on our website. 

Orders from the Book Trade 

Items listed in the catalog are available to the trade at discount. Please refer to 

ABA Book Buyer’s Handbook or the NACS Book Buyer’s Manual for discount 

and ordering information or write. 

Returns Policy 

Defective or damaged books are accepted for return if sent back within one month. 

All other returns are with written permission only. Request for permission 

must include invoice number. 

No returns allowed on titles we distribute for other publishers. 

Credit balances are refundable on request. 

Period of eligibility for return: Up to 12 months. 

Transportation/Handling Charges 

All prices are to f.o.b. Herndon, VA. Orders will be shipped with a postage & 

handling charge. 

Terms 

Net 30 DAYS. All prices subject to change without notice. 

CIP 

John Benjamins Publishing Company participates in the Cata loging in 

Publication Program of the Library of Congress. 

STOP ORDERS ACCEPTED 

Many of our recent books are also available as e-books, through 

the platforms listed below. They cannot be ordered directly from 

the publishers. For more information on how to obtain access to 

our e-books, please consult the websites of these platforms: 

– Blio, www.blio.com 

– Dawsonera, www.dawsonera.com 

– eBooks.com/EBL, www.eblib.com 

– Ebrary, www.ebrary.com 

– EBSCOhost, www.ebscohost.com 

– MyiLibrary, www.myilibrary.com 

Printed in the USA 9/2012

john benjamins publishing company new titles fall 2012 

Contents 

online Resources 2 

linguistics 7 

7 Theoretical Linguistics 

18 Language & Cognition 

22 Language Typology 

24 Pragmatics, Discourse & Dialogue 

33 Applied Linguistics 

41 Corpus & Computational 

43 Historical Linguistics 

47 History of Linguistics 

translation & terminology 48 

consciousness Research 53 

philosophy 55 

literary studies 56 

art 58 

journals 59 

index

Online Resources 

editors: yves gambier and luc van Doorslaer 

University of Turku / Lessius University College, Antwerp; CETRA, University of Leuven 

tsb@lessius.eu 

Translation and Interpreting (T&I) Studies comprises the 

young discipline dealing with transfer and mediation, 

containing aspects of intra- and interlingual translation, 

intercultural communication, adaptation, interpreting, 

localization, multimedia translation, language mediation, 

terminology and documentation. 

Now you can explore the broad range of publications in 

this fi eld, using an advanced research tool: in 2012 the online 

Translation Studies Bibliography contains 

ca. 22,000 records and a thesaurus. 

The Translation Studies Bibliography 

– covers the whole range of publications in T&I Studies, 

with no national, regional, cultural or thematic 

restrictions 

– the records are annotated and are updated and supplemented 

annually 

– each annual update will move the coverage forward as 

well as adding coverage backwards in time to the beginning 

of modern translation studies 

– includes journal articles, monographs, collective 

volumes and their individual articles, reviews, dissertations 

as well as unpublished manuscripts 

– provides an exhaustive overview of the research fi eld 

and gives descriptive, non-evaluative abstracts for the 

majority of the publications included 

– categorizes all records through a key word system, 

based on a newly developed and detailed conceptual 

tree 

Visit www.benjamins.com/online for a free trial subscription of 90 days and for information on data submission. 

2 JoHn benJaMins PUblisHinG coMPanY 

TRANSLATION STUDIES BIBLIOGRAPHY 

benjamins.com/online/tsb 

– off ers a range of options for easy searching and smooth 

navigation through an advanced and stylized application 

in which among other things records of reviews, 

translations and reprints are linked to the record of the 

original publication. 

The Translation Studies Bibliography is interconnected with 

the Handbook of Translation Studies Online. 

benjamins.com/online/hts 

The Translation Studies Bibliography is a joint eff ort of 

the European Society for Translation Studies (EST), the 

Lessius University College in Antwerp, the Centre for 

Translation, Communication and Cultures (CETRA), and 

John Benjamins Publishing Company. 

The Bibliography and the Handbook are available separately or as a discounted combined subscription. 

combined bibliography only handbook only 

Stand-alone EUR 400 EUR 250 EUR 200 

Site license from EUR 750 EUR 500 EUR 340

HANDBOOK OF TRANSLATION STUDIES 

ONLINE 

editors: yves gambier and luc van Doorslaer 


hts@lessius.eu 

As a meaningful manifestation of how institutionalized the 

discipline has become, the new Handbook of Translation Studies 

is most welcome. It joins the other signs of maturation 

such as Summer Schools, the development of academic curricula, 

historical surveys, journals, book series, textbooks, 

terminologies, bibliographies and encyclopedias. 

The HTS aims at disseminating knowledge about translation 

and interpreting and providing easy access to a large 

range of topics, traditions, and methods to a relatively 

broad audience: not only students who often adamantly 

prefer such user-friendliness, researchers and lecturers in 

Translation Studies, Translation & Interpreting professionals; 

but also scholars and experts from other disciplines 

(among which linguistics, sociology, history, psychology). 

In addition the HTS addresses any of those with a professional 

or personal interest in the problems of translation, 

interpreting, localization, editing, etc., such as communication 

specialists, journalists, literary critics, editors, public 

servants, business managers, (intercultural) organization 

specialists, media specialists, marketing professionals. 

Moreover, The HTS off ers added value. First of all, it is the 

fi rst Handbook with this scope in Translation Studies that 

has both a print edition and an online version. The advantages of 

an online version are obvious: it is more fl exible and accessible, 

and in addition, the entries can be regularly revised 

and updated. The Handbook is variously searchable: by 

article, by author, by subject. 

Subscription price valid for 12 months. 


benjamins.com/online/hts 

A second benefi t is the interconnection with the selection 

and organization principles of the online Translation Studies 

Bibliography (TSB). The taxonomy of the TSB has been partly 

applied to the selection of entries for the HTS. Moreover, 

many items in the reference lists are hyperlinked to the 

TSB, where the user can fi nd an abstract of a publication. 

All articles (between 500 and 6,000 words) are written by 

specialists in the diff erent subfi elds and are peer-reviewed. 

The Handbook also provides interlinking of references 

through CrossRef DOIs. 

Last but not least, the usability, accessibility and fl exibility 

of the HTS depend on the commitment of people who 

agree that Translation Studies does matter. All users are 

therefore invited to share their feedback. Any questions, 

remarks and suggestions for improvement can be sent to 

the editorial team at hts@lessius.eu. 

A stand-alone license gives access to one user at a time, from any computer, by password login. A site license 

allows simultaneous access for 15 users, controlled by IP (range). Please contact us for quotes for more 

simultaneous users, or consortia arrangements. 


new titles fall 2012 3


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PRAGMATICS ONLINE 

Editors: Frank Brisard, Michael Meeuwis & Jef Verschueren 

IPrA Research Center 

Co-editor: Ira Deryckere 

ebop@ipra.be 

This outstanding bibliography covers the broad fi eld of 

linguistic pragmatics, conceived as the interdisciplinary – 

cognitive, social, and cultural – science of natural language 

use. 

It incorporates all the bibliographical data from the 

renowned Comprehensive Bibliography of Pragmatics 

(1987), edited by Jan Nuyts & Jef Verschueren (IPrA Research 

Center), 4 vols., 2197 pp. 

The latest release (2012) of this fl exible research instrument 

contains over 51,000 records. 

The search engine is enhanced by a thesaurus. 

Each annual update provides the relevant recent data. 

The majority of the records includes an abstract. Records of 

reviews, translations and reprints are linked to the record of 

the original publication.The search engine is enhanced by a 

thesaurus. 

Each annual update provides the relevant recent data. 

The majority of the records includes an abstract. Records of 

reviews, translations and reprints are linked to the record of 

the original publication. 

benjamins.com/online/bop 

The Bibliography and the Handbook are available separately or as a discounted combined subscription. 

combined bibliography only handbook only 

Stand-alone EUR 640 EUR 520 EUR 200 

Site license from EUR 1020 EUR 800 EUR 340 



A special feature of both the Handbook and the 

Bibliography is their parallel analysis-driven indexing 

system. The indexes do not just contain words that 

happen to occur in the handbook articles and in 

annotated publications or their titles. Rather, they 

provide a conceptual road map which, at a later stage, 

will be fully integrated in order to link Handbook articles 

with thematically related publications described in the 

Bibliography. 

The Handbook now provides interlinking of references 

through CrossRef DOIs.

Editors: Jan-Ola Östman & Jef Verschueren 

IPrA Research Center 

ehop@ipra.be 

Subscription price valid for 12 months. 


HANDBOOK OF PRAGMATICS ONLINE 

This online encyclopaedia of one of the major fi elds of language 

studies is a continuously updated source of 

state-of-the-art information for anyone interested in language 

use, using the authoritative printed Handbook of Pragmatics 

as a basis (1995–2011), which continues to be updated 

and supplemented annually. 

The Handbook is a collection of topical articles, brief biographies 

of eminent scholars, research traditions, research 

methods and notation systems. 

The interface allows users to search the bibliographic data 

and the full text of all the articles. Through the hyperlinked 

index of keywords users can go from one article to 

related articles. 

benjamins.com/online/hop 

The Handbook is expanded and revised annually: each 

update includes new articles as well as updates, rewritings 

and extensive revisions of already available articles. 

The Handbook is interconnected with the Bibliography of 

Pragmatics Online. benjamins.com/online/bop 

The Handbook now also provides interlinking of references 

through CrossRef DOIs. 

A stand-alone license gives access to one user at a time, from any computer, by password login. A site license 

allows simultaneous access for 15 users, controlled by IP (range). Please contact us for quotes for more 

simultaneous users, or consortia arrangements. 




Subscription price valid for 12 months: 

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF METAPHOR 

AND METONYMY 

benjamins.com/online/met 

Editors: Antonio Barcelona Sánchez and Francisco J. Ruiz de Mendoza Ibáñez 

Cordoba, Spain / La Rioja, Spain 

Associate editors: Annalisa Baicchi, Marcella Bertuccelli Papi, Olga Blanco Carrión, 

Marlene Johansson Falck, María Sandra Peña Cervel, Lorena Pérez Hernández and 

Aleksander Szwedek 

The online Bibliography of Metaphor and Metonymy off ers a 

research tool for anyone interested in fi gurative language. 

Metaphor and metonymy play an important role in language 

use in everyday life and communication. Their study 

is by nature interdisciplinary. This instrument is therefore 

relevant to a broad audience, including (but not limited to) 

those working in linguistics, anthropology, cross-cultural 

studies, communication studies, lexicology, pragmatics 

and discourse, rhetoric, stylistics, artifi cial intelligence, 

philosophy, translation studies, literary studies and cognitive 

sciences. 

MetBib strives to cover the whole range of publications 

on the topic, including articles, books, and electronic 

resources, from a wide variety of countries and languages. 

Each publication has a full bibliographic description and 

keywords, and many have abstracts. MetBib now also 

provides CrossRef DOIs, where available, for easier linking 

to source materials (NB. access to sources is not included 

and depends on whether you/your library subscribes to a 

source). The bibliography is updated annually. The current 

release mainly includes data from 1990 onwards, but it also 

includes around 600 entries from before this date. In total, 

MetBib contains approx. 11,000 records. 

stand-alone EUR 150 (gives access to one user at a time, from any computer, by password login) 

site license from EUR 250 (allows simultaneous access for 15 users, controlled by IP (range)) 

Please contact us for quotes for more simultaneous users, or consortia arrangements. 



This online bibliography has a range of options for easy 

searching and smooth navigation through an advanced 

and stylized application, with which users of Benjamins’ 

Translation Studies Bibliography and Bibliography of Pragmatics 

are already familiar.

Theoretical Linguistics 

ibero-asian creoles 

Comparative Perspectives 

Edited by Hugo C. Cardoso, Alan N. Baxter and Mário Pinharanda Nunes 

Universidade de Coimbra / Universidade Federal da Bahia / Universidade de Macau 

Starting in 1498, contact between Ibero-Romance and Asian 

languages has taken place along a vast stretch of the coastlines 

of continental and insular Asia, producing a string of contact 

varieties which are among the least visible in the fi eld of Creole 

Studies. This volume, the fi rst one dedicated to the Portuguese- 

and Spanish-lexifi ed creoles of Asia, brings together 

comparative studies on various issues across the Ibero-Asian 

creoles and beyond, by specialists in these languages. This type 

of cross-linguistic analysis allows progress on many fronts, 

including the reconstruction of past stages of the languages, 

the explanation of observed similarities and diff erences, the 

identifi cation and consolidation of typological/taxonomic 

clusters, or the assessment of the linguistic eff ects of diff erent 

contact equations. The volume provides a timely window 

onto aspects of current research on the Ibero-Asian creoles, 

including unsettled debates and ways in which their study can 

contribute to advance several areas of linguistic enquiry. 

Contributions by: A.N. Baxter & A. Bastos; H.C. Cardoso; H.C. Cardoso, 

A.N. Baxter & M. Pinharanda Nunes; J.C. Clements; M.A. Fernández; 

A.P. Grant; S. Matthews; M. Pinharanda Nunes; C. Rubino; E. Sippola; 

I. Smith; N.V. Veiga & M.A. Fernández. 

[Creole Language Library, 46] 2012. x, 364 pp. + index 

158.00 

Hb 978 90 272 5269 2 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7320 8 eUR 105.00 / usd 158.00 

|| Contact Linguistics || Creole studies || Historical linguistics 

|| Romance linguistics || Sociolinguistics and Dialectology 

EEEEEEEE EEEEEEEE EEEE 

phonological Variation in Rural 

jamaican schools 

Véronique Lacoste 

University of Freiburg 

This book investigates variation in the classroom speech 

of 7-year-old children who are learning Standard Jamaican 

English as a second language variety in rural Jamaica. 

For sociolinguists and second language/dialect researchers 

interested in the acquisition and use of sociolinguistic 

variables, an important challenge is how to effi ciently 

account for language learning mechanisms and use. To 

date, this book is the fi rst to off er an interdisciplinary 

look into phonological and phonetic variation observed 

in primary school in Jamaica, that is from the perspective 

of classic variationist and quantitative sociolinguistics 

and a usage-based model. Both frameworks function as 

explanatory for the children’s learning of phono-stylistic 

variation, which they encounter in their immediate 

linguistic environment, i.e. most often through their 

teachers’ speech. This book is intended for sociolinguists 

interested in child language variation, linguists working 

on formal aspects of the languages of the Caribbean, applied 

linguists concerned with the teaching and learning 

of second language phonology, and any researchers interested 

in applying variationist and quantitative methods 

to classroom second language learning. 

[Creole Language Library, 42] 2012. xiv, 293 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5265 4 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7462 5 eUR 105.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Bilingualism || Creole studies || English linguistics || 

Language acquisition || Phonology || Sociolinguistics and 

Dialectology 

Roots of afrikaans 

Selected writings of Hans den Besten 

Edited by Ton van der Wouden 

Meertens Institute & University of Leiden 

☞ 

the morphosyntax of Reiteration in 

creole and non-creole languages 

Edited by Enoch O. Aboh, Norval Smith 

and Anne Zribi-Hertz 

University of Amsterdam / University of Paris 8 

This is a new contribution to a theory of reiteration in natural 

languages, with a special focus on creoles. Reiteration is meant 

to denote any situation where the same form occurs (at least) 

twice within the boundaries of some linguistic domain. By 

including two case studies bearing on Hebrew and Breton 

alongside fi ve chapters on creole languages (Surinam creole, 

Haitian, Mauritian, São Tomé and Pitchi), this volume brings 

counter-evidence to the claim that reiteration phenomena 

are particularly typical of creoles. And by exploring the 

syntax of reiteration alongside its morphology, the authors 

are led to challenge the ‘iconic’ theory of ‘reduplication’ 

proposed in several other studies of similar phenomena. This 

volume will be relevant for creole studies, but also for readers 

more generally interested in language universals and the 

architecture of grammars. 

Contributions by: E.O. Aboh & N. Smith; E.O. Aboh, N. Smith & A. Zribi- 

Hertz; D. Cohen; H. Glaude & A. Zribi-Hertz; F. Henri; M. Jouitteau; 

E. Schang; K. Yakpo. 

[Creole Language Library, 43] 2012. vii, 287 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5266 1 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7455 7 eUR 105.00 / usd 

Hans den Besten (1948-2010) made numerous contributions 

to Afrikaans linguistics over a period of nearly three 

decades. His writings helped shift the perspective on the 

roots of Afrikaans beyond Dutch to the structure and 

vocabulary of Khoekhoe, to Portuguese Creole, and to 

Malay varieties. This volume contains a selection of Den 

Besten’s most important papers – some of which originally 

appeared in less accessible journals – concerning 

the structure and history of Afrikaans. They cover a wide 

range of topics, including grammatical structure, vocabulary, 

the historical development of Afrikaans, as well 

its multiple roots. It is essential reading for any linguist 

interested in language contact and language change. 

Contributions by: H. den Besten, C.A. Luijks & P.T. Roberge; 

A. Deumert; J. Holm; P.T. Roberge; T. van der Wouden & 

P. Muysken. 

[Creole Language Library, 44] 2012. vii, 458 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5267 8 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7382 6 eUR 105.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Creole studies || Germanic linguistics || Historical linguistics 

“ […] a wonderful project - to carry on Hans’ work!” 

ana Deumert, University of Cape Town 

“ Hans den Besten’s work on Afrikaans really did cast 

the language in quite a diff erent light to what one 

would automatically think, given its political history. ” 

theresa biberauer, Cambridge University 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Contact Linguistics || Creole studies || Morphology 

|| Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 

FoRtHCoM I nG 

syntactic Variation and 

Verb second 

A German dialect in Northern 

Italy 

Federica Cognola 

University of Trento 

This monograph investigates the 

syntax of the fi nite verb in Mòcheno, 

a minority language spoken in a German 

speech island of Northern Italy. 

Basing her study on detailed new data 

collected during extensive fi eldwork, 

and focusing on fi nite verb movement; 

on multiple access to the left 

periphery; on pro licensing mechanism 

and on the distribution of OV/ 

VO word orders, the author confutes 

the traditional view that the syntactic 

variation found in Mòcheno is due to 

the presence of two competing grammars 

as a consequence of contact with 

Romance varieties and accounts for 

the peculiarities of Mòcheno syntax 

within a theory couched in the framework 

of Generative Grammar. 

[Linguistik Aktuell/Linguistics 

Today, 201] 2013. 

Hb 978 90 272 5584 6 

e-book 978 90 272 7244 7 

PRice to be annoUnced 

|| Contact Linguistics || Generative 

linguistics || Germanic linguistics 


EEEEEEEE EEEE EEEEE 

EEEEEEE EEEE 


Linguistics 

the Defective copy theory of 

movement 

Evidence from wh-constructions 

in Cape Verdean Creole 

Nélia Alexandre 

University of Lisbon 

Within the framework of Chomsky’s Principles and Parameters 

Theory and the Minimalist Program, this work presents 

a detailed discussion of the diff erent types of wh-question 

formation and relativization strategies in Cape Verdean Creole 

(Santiago variety), especially focusing on wh-movement 

of PPs. The book explores the Copy Theory of Movement, 

discussing a defective copy construction involving wh-movement 

of PPs which poses interesting theoretical questions 

as to how the defective copy is to be generated and form a 

chain with the relevant displaced wh-constituent. It is also 

shown that the defective copy strategy ([wh[PL] … el[3SG]]) 

is distinct from resumption ([wh[PL] … es[3PL]]) due to some 

properties of PPs in Cape Verdean Creole and to the nature 

of the pronominal element that occurs at the foot of the 

wh-chain. This book relates well with those on Cape Verdean 

Creole and highlights the need to look more closely at deeper 

syntactic issues in more creole languages, inspiring further 

comparative work amongst creole linguists. 

[Creole Language Library, 41] 2012. xvi, 249 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5264 7 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7489 2 eUR 105.00 / usd 

FoRtHCoM I nG 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Creole studies || Generative linguistics || Syntax 

|| Theoretical linguistics 

the interplay of Variation and change 

in contact settings 

Edited by Isabelle Léglise and Claudine Chamoreau 

CNRS SEDYL-CELIA 

This volume is at cross-roads between two research traditions 

dealing with language change: contact linguistics 

and language variation and change. It departs from the 

consideration that linguistic variation is still an opaque 

area for most contact-induced language change studies. 

Intending to fi ll this gap, it off ers a rich panorama of case 

studies and approaches dealing with linguistic variation in 

contact settings. It concentrates both at monolingual data, 

tracing variation and contact beneath surface homogeneity 

and at apparent heterogeneity, such as code-switching, 

or multilingual data showing variation, and traces their 

underlying regularities. It shows the relationship between 

variation and change in language contact settings. 

The book will be relevant for students and researchers in 

contact linguistics, sociolinguistics, language variation and 

change, sociology of language, descriptive linguistics and 

linguistic typology. 

Contributions by: E. Adamou; A.P. Alcaine; K. Beyer & H. Schreiber; 

H. Blondeau; I. Léglise; I. Léglise & C. Chamoreau; M. Meyerhoff ; B. 

Pakendorf; D. Winford; A. Zabrodskaja. 

[Studies in Language Variation, 12] 2013. 

Hb 978 90 272 3492 6 PRice to be annoUnced 

e-book 978 90 272 7248 5 PRice to be annoUnced 

|| Contact Linguistics || Creole studies || Sociolinguistics and 

Dialectology || Theoretical linguistics 

EEEEEEEE EEEEEE EEEE EEEEEEEE EEEE 


phonological Variation in french 

Illustrations from three continents 

Edited by Randall S. Gess, Chantal Lyche 

and Trudel Meisenburg 

Carleton University / University of Oslo / University of Osnabrück 

This volume presents a selection of French varieties representing 

the great diversity of this language along geographical, 

social, and stylistic dimensions. Twelve illustrations 

from regions as far removed as Western Canada and Central 

Africa represent widely divergent social contexts of language 

use. Each chapter is based on original surveys conducted 

within the framework of the Phonology of Contemporary 

French project, described in the Introduction. These surveys 

constitute an invaluable source of new data for researchers, 

as many of the varieties included are otherwise undocumented 

in any systematic way. The chapters follow a similar 

format: presentation of the survey(s) and the sociolinguistic 

dimensions of the variety studied; description of the 

phonological inventory of the system(s), principal allophonic 

realizations, phonotactic constraints, behavior of schwa, 

behavior of liaison consonants, and other notable characteristics. 

The book opens with an informative introduction 

and closes with a chapter providing a synthesis of the major 

fi ndings by continent. 

Contributions by: G. Bordal; B.A. Boutin, R.S. Gess & G.M. Guèye; 

W. Cichocki; A. Coquillon & G. Turcsan; M. Côté; R.S. Gess, C. Lyche & 

T. Meisenburg; P. Hambye & A.C. Simon; A.B. Hansen; T.A. Klingler & 

C. Lyche; C. Lyche, T. Meisenburg & R.S. Gess; C. Lyche & I. Skattum; 

I. Racine & H.N. Andreassen; J. Tennant; D.C. Walker. 

[Studies in Language Variation, 11] 

2012. vii, 387 pp. + index 

158.00 

Hb 978 90 272 3491 9 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7318 5 eUR 105.00 / usd 158.00 

|| Phonology || Romance linguistics || Sociolinguistics and 

Dialectology || Theoretical linguistics 


swiss german intonation patterns 

Adrian Leemann 

University of Zurich 

Switzerland is renowned for having a diverse linguistic and 

dialectal landscape in a comparatively small and confi ned 

space. Possibly, this is one of the reasons why Swiss German 

dialects have been investigated thoroughly on various 

linguistic levels. Nevertheless, natural speech intonation has, 

until today, not been examined systematically. The aim of 

this study is to analyze natural Swiss German fundamental 

frequency behavior according to linguistic, paralinguistic, 

and extralinguistic variables, using statistical tests against 

the backdrop of detecting dialect-specifi c patterns as well 

as cross-dialectal diff erences. The intonation analyses were 

conducted with the mathematically-formulated Command- 

Response model. This is the fi rst large-scale study that 

applies this framework on a large corpus of natural, dialectal 

speech. This contribution provides a holistic account of the 

truly multilayered features of natural speech intonation 

and brings to light detailed underlying patterns of Swiss 

German dialectal fundamental frequency behavior. The book 

is mainly targeted at linguists, speech scientists, as well as 

dialectologists. 

[Studies in Language Variation, 10] 2012. xv, 331 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 3490 2 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7384 0 eUR 105.00 / usd 

|| Germanic linguistics || Phonology 

|| Sociolinguistics and Dialectology 

158.00 

158.00 

neW 

BooK seR I es 

studies in arabic 

linguistics 

Edited by 

Elabbas Benmamoun 

and Enam Al-Wer 

University of Illinois / 

University of Essex 

This book series aims to 

publish original research in 

all fi elds of Arabic linguistics, 

including – but not limited 

to – theoretical linguistics, 

historical linguistics, sociolinguistics, 

pragmatics, typology, 

and language acquisition. 

Submissions from all current 

theoretical frameworks are 

welcome. Studies may deal 

with one or more varieties of 

Arabic, or Arabic in relation 

to or compared with other 

languages. Both monographs 

and thematic collections of 

research papers will be considered. 

The series includes monographs 

and thematically 

coherent collective volumes, 

in English. 

issn: 2212-8042 

Editorial Board 

Mahasen Hasan Abu-Mansour, 

Sami Boudelaa, Stuart Davis, 

Mushira Eid, Clive Holes, 

Jean Lowenstamm, 

Mustafa A. Mughazy, 

Jamal Ouhala, Jonathan Owens, 

Janet C.E. Watson, 

Manfred Woidich 

|| Afro-Asiatic languages 

|| Theoretical linguistics

of grammar, words, and Verses 

In honor of Carlos Piera 

Edited by Esther Torrego 

University of Massachusetts 

This book off ers new work by some major fi gures in the fi eld 

of linguistics, addressing old debates from the perspective of 

current explanatory grammatical theory. These include paradigmatic 

relations among words, and agreeing adjectives 

and their grammatical source. Covering a broad range of 

empirical domains, the contributors of this volume examine 

the role of Economy in syntax and in syntactic interfaces 

with phonology and semantics, and their implications for 

processing. The evidence is taken from a great variety of 

languages, including Arabic dialects, Basque, Czech, Dutch, 

English, French, German, Latin, and Spanish. Two chapters 

on metrics complete honoring Carlos Piera’s longstanding 

scholarship in linguistic theory within Spain and abroad. 

Contributions by: J. Bowers; G. Chocano; J.E. Emonds; N. Fabb & 

M. Halle; R. Hendrick; I. Laka & K. Erdozia; H. Lasnik & J. Uriagereka; 

J. Ouhalla; H. van Riemsdijk; L. Sáez; E. Torrego. 

[Language Faculty and Beyond, 8] 2012. xi, 272 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0825 5 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7456 4 eUR 105.00 / usd 


the anglicization of european lexis 

Edited by Cristiano Furiassi, Virginia Pulcini and 

Félix Rodríguez González 

University of Turin / University of Alicante 

This volume explores the lexical infl uence of English on 

European languages, a topical theme with linguistic and 

cultural implications. It provides an extensive introductory 

background to a cross-national view of English-induced 

lexical borrowing, posing crucial analytical questions such 

as what counts as an Anglicism. It also off ers a typology of 

borrowings with examples from the languages represented: 

Armenian, Danish, French, German, Italian, Norwegian, 

Polish, Serbian, Spanish, and Swedish. The articles in this 

volume address general and language-specifi c issues related 

to the analysis and collection of Anglicisms, extending the 

scope to the largely unexplored area of phraseology and 

bringing new insights into corpus-based and corpus-driven 

methodologies. This volume fi ts into a well-established and 

constantly developing research fi eld and will appeal to scholars 

interested in the spread of English as an international 

language, contact and contrastive linguistics, lexicology and 

lexicography, and computer corpus lexicography. 

Contributions by: G. Andersen; G. Bergh & S. Ohlander; M. Callies, 

A. Onysko & E. Ogiermann; S. Fiedler; S. Fusari; A. Galstyan; 

P. Gaudio; H. Gottlieb; A. Graedler; I. MacKenzie; R. Marti Solano; 

J.L. Oncins-Martínez; T. Prćić; V. Pulcini, C. Furiassi & 

F. Rodríguez González; A. Rozumko; E. Winter-Froemel & A. Onysko. 

2012. ix, 356 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1195 8 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7363 5 eUR 95.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 

143.00 

143.00 

|| English linguistics || Germanic linguistics 



“ A much needed corrective to 

all the erroneous ideas based 

on the assumption that creole 

means ‘Atlantic creole.’ ” 

john holm 

“ A valuable resource for 

anyone interested in language 

contact, covering a wide range 

of contexts from the linguistically 

diverse Asian region. The 

complex patterns of language 

contact in this previously 

under-represented area provide 

important new insights into 

pidgin and creole genesis. ” 

jeff siegel 

☞ 

pidgins and creoles in asia 

Edited by Umberto Ansaldo 

The University of Hong Kong 

This book shifts the focus of Pidgin and Creole Studies from 

the better-known Atlantic/Caribbean contexts to the Indian 

Ocean, the South China Sea and Mongolia. By looking at 

Asian contexts before and after Western colonial expansion, 

we off er readers insights into language contact in historical 

settings and with empirical features substantially diff erent 

from those that have shaped the theory of the fi eld. 

Two pidgin varieties of the Far East are described in detail, 

namely Chinese-Pidgin Russian and China Coast Pidgin. The 

former off ers a unique opportunity to observe the typological 

dynamics of contact between Slavic, Tungusic and Sinitic, 

while the latter presents one of the better-documented studies 

of any pidgin so far. The third contribution is an in-depth 

analysis of the Portuguese India slave trade in relation to 

contact phenomena. The remaining two chapters look at 

Southeast Asia and discuss Malayo-Portuguese Creoles and 

the ubiquitous Malay-Sinitic lingua franca respectively. From 

a linguistic perspective the diversity of language families, 

the historical time depth, the complex patterns of population 

movements, and the wealth of contact phenomena that 

defi ne Asia are so many and at times still so little understood 

that no single volume could ever pretend to shed suffi cient 

light on all these aspects of the region. Despite providing 

what can be seen as a sample platter of the fi eld of contact 

linguistics in this part of the world, the in-depth analysis of 

exotic socio-historical settings, the typologically diverse and 

rich data sets, and the notions of pidgins and Creoles as applied 

here will nonetheless stretch the limits and limitations 

of current theories in the fi eld, and are a must read for anyone 

interested in arriving at solid theoretical generalizations. 

Published earlier as Journal of Pidgin and Creole Linguistics 25:1, 

2010. 

Contributions by: U. Ansaldo, S. Matthews & G. Smith; Bao Zhiming, & 

K.K. Aye; A.N. Baxter; H.C. Cardoso; R. Shapiro. 

[Benjamins Current Topics, 38] 2012. ix, 170 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0257 4 eUR 85.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7415 1 eUR 85.00 / usd 

linguistics in the netherlands 2012 

Edited by Marion Elenbaas and Suzanne Aalberse 

Leiden University / Radboud University Nijmegen 

The 43rd annual meeting of the Linguistic Society of the 

Netherlands took place in Utrecht on February 4th, 2012. The 

annual meetings provide members with the opportunity to 

report on their ongoing research. 

At this year’s meeting, 67 papers were presented, of which 22 

were submitted to the present volume. This volume contains 

a selection of these papers, which present an overview of current 

research in a variety of fi elds in linguistics. 

Contributions by: S.v.d. Akker, J. Hoeks, J. Spenader & P. Hendriks; J. Berns 

& H. Jacobs; J. Caspers, E. Bosma, F. Kramm & P. Reya; M. de Dreu & 

L. Buell; W. Heeren, A.A. Avram, A. Cardinaletti, M. Coene & F. Volpato; 

J. van Kampen; A. Lipták; M. Metz, A. van Hout & H.v.d. Lely; A. Neijt, 

M. Peters & J. Zuidema; D. Ott & M. de Vries; K. de Schepper; J. Zwart. 

2012. 250 pp. 

Pb 978 90 272 3172 7 eUR 118.00 / usd 

128.00 

128.00 

|| Contact Linguistics || Creole studies || Theoretical linguistics 

177.00 


EEEEEEEE EEEEEEE EEEE 

For subscription information (including electronic access) 

please refer to www.benjamins.com. 



morphosyntactic categories and the 

expression of possession 

Edited by Kersti Börjars, David Denison and Alan Scott 

University of Manchester 

The analysis of constructions denoting possession (particularly, 

but not exclusively, in English) has long presented a challenge 

to morpho-syntactic theory and has been a topic of debate for 

some time. The papers presented here aff ord thought-provoking 

insights into the morpho-syntactic nature of possessive markers 

under a variety of theoretical frameworks. The distribution 

of phrases expressing possession is explored in a range of languages 

(including English, Swedish, Urdu and West Flemish), 

with rigorous exploitation of corpus data and careful statistical 

analysis. Descriptions and analyses represent the state of the art 

in research into possessive constructions. Particular attention 

is paid to the English possessive ’s, both synchronically and 

diachronically. This volume is essential for scholars interested 

in theoretical and corpus-based linguistics, morpho-syntactic 

constructions, and the expression of possession. 

Contributions by: C.L. Allen; S.J. Anderson; T. Bögel & M. Butt; K. Börjars, 

D. Denison, G. Krajewski & A. Scott; K. Börjars, D. Denison & A. Scott; 

L. Haegeman; R.A. Hudson; T. Juvonen; M. Koptjevskaja-Tamm; 

C. O’Connor, J. Maling & B. Skarabela; J. Payne; B. Szmrecsanyi. 

[Linguistik Aktuell/Linguistics Today, 199] 

2012. xii, 338 pp. + index 

149.00 

Hb 978 90 272 5582 2 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7300 0 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

|| Generative linguistics || Morphology || Semantics || Syntax 



the clause structure of wolof 

Insights into the Left Periphery 

Harold Torrence 

University of Kansas 

This volume investigates the clausal syntax of Wolof, an understudied 

Atlantic language of Senegal. The goals of the work 

are descriptive, analytical, and comparative, with a focus on the 

structure of the left periphery and left peripheral phenomena. 

The book includes detailed examination of the morpho-syntax 

of wh-questions, successive cyclicity, subject marking, relative 

clauses, topic/focus articulation, and complementizer agreement. 

Novel data from Wolof is used to evaluate and extend 

theoretical proposals concerning the structure of Complementizer 

Phrase (CP) and Tense Phrase (TP). It is argued that Wolof 

provides evidence for the promotion analysis of relative clauses, 

“exploded” CP and TP, and for analyses that treat relative 

clauses as composed of a determiner with a CP complement. It 

is further argued that Wolof has a set of silent wh-expressions 

and compare these to superfi cially similar constructions in 

colloquial German, Bavarian, Dutch, and Norwegian. The book 

also presents a comparison of complementizer agreement 

across a number of related and unrelated languages. Data from 

Indo-European (Germanic varieties, French, Irish), Niger-Congo 

(Atlantic, Bantu, Gur), and Semitic (Arabic) languages put the 

Wolof phenomena in a larger typological context by showing 

the range of variation in complementizer agreement systems. 


2012. xi, 282 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 5581 5 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7301 7 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Generative linguistics || Other African languages || Syntax 



information structure and agreement 

Edited by María Victoria Camacho-Taboada, Ángel 

Jiménez-Fernández, Javier Martín-González and 

Mariano Reyes-Tejedor 

University of Seville / University Pablo de Olavide, Seville 

This collection consists of thirteen contributions focusing on the 

latest trends of information structure and agreement, couched 

in the most current developments of Minimalism, Cartography, 

and Optimality. Some chapters focus on the syntax of information 

structure in relation with the position occupied by diff erent 

constituents in the CP domain and their interpretation such as 

the distinction between contrastive and corrective focus; the 

inclusion of given information in focus; the interplay of information 

structure and binding; the relative position of complementisers; 

and discourse-based constituents in the left periphery. Information 

structure is also analysed with regards to prominence 

phenomena at word level. Other chapters deal with the notion 

of agreement and its role in the syntax of specifi c constructions 

such as applicatives, correlatives, or diff erent types of CP like 

relatives or embedded interrogatives. This selection of papers 

was originally presented at the 21st Colloquium on Generative 

Grammar, held at the University of Seville in April 2011. 

Contributions by: V. Bianchi; A.M. Brito & M.G.A.P. de Matos; 

M.V. Camacho-Taboada, Á. Jiménez-Fernández, J. Martín-González & 

M. Reyes-Tejedor; C. de Cuba & J.E. MacDonald; S. Cyrino; M. Frascarelli 

& F. Ramaglia; M.A. Kato; K. Lahousse; M. Lloret & J. Jiménez; G. Postma; 

J. Quer & J. Rossello; A. Radford; A. Szczegielniak. 

[Linguistik Aktuell/Linguistics Today, 197] 2012. 

vi, 370 pp. + index 

143.00 

Hb 978 90 272 5580 8 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7302 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

|| Generative linguistics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 


what is a context? 

Linguistic approaches and challenges 

Edited by Rita Finkbeiner, Jörg Meibauer 

and Petra B. Schumacher 

Johannes Gutenberg University, Mainz 

Context is a core notion of linguistic theory. However, while 

there are numerous attempts at explaining single aspects of 

the notion of context, these attempts are rather diverse and do 

not easily converge to a unifi ed theory of context. The present 

multi-faceted collection of papers reconsiders the notion of context 

and its challenges for linguistics from diff erent theoretical 

and empirical angles. Part I off ers insights into a wide range of 

current approaches to context, including theoretical pragmatics, 

neurolinguistics, clinical pragmatics, interactional linguistics, 

and psycholinguistics. Part II presents new empirical fi ndings 

on the role of context from case studies on idioms, unarticulated 

constituents, argument linking, and numerically-quantifi ed expressions. 

Bringing together diff erent theoretical frameworks, 

the volume provides thought-provoking discussions of how the 

notion of context can be understood, modeled, and implemented 

in linguistics. It is essential for researchers interested 

in theoretical and applied linguistics, the semantics/pragmatics 

interface, and experimental pragmatics. 

Contributions by: K. Börjesson; L. Cummings; C. Cummins & N. Katsos; 

A. Fetzer; R. Finkbeiner; R. Finkbeiner, J. Meibauer & P. Schumacher; 

K.M. Jaszczolt; U. Klein; P. Knoeferle & E. Guerra; J. Meibauer; P. Schumacher. 


2012. vii, 249 pp. + index 

149.00 

Hb 978 90 272 5579 2 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7321 5 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

|| Pragmatics || Semantics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 

EEEEEEEE EEEEEEEE EEEE

syntax, semantics and acquisition of 

multiple interrogatives 

Who wants what? 

Lydia Grebenyova 

Baylor University 

Multiple interrogatives, questions with multiple wh-phrases 

(e.g. Who bought what?), have long presented analytical challenges 

for linguistic theory. This monograph presents a new 

theoretical and experimental study of this construction. The 

theoretical findings concern the interaction between superiority 

effects, subject-auxiliary inversion, and the distribution 

of pair-list and single-pair readings cross-linguistically. The 

author examines multiple interrogatives under sluicing (i.e. 

clausal ellipsis), presenting new arguments for the deletion 

analysis of sluicing. The author also reports the results of 

several experimental studies on how children acquire the 

language-specific properties of multiple interrogatives in 

English, Russian, and Malayalam. The results suggest a 

correlation between the acquisition of multiple interrogatives 

and the acquisition of contrastive focus, which has been 

independently motivated in the syntactic literature. The 

monograph will be of interest to linguists concerned with 

syntax, semantics, and language acquisition, as well as readers 

who are interested in a comprehensive theory of language 

in general. 


2012. xviii, 187 pp. + index 

149.00 

Hb 978 90 272 5578 5 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7336 9 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

|| Generative linguistics || Language acquisition || Semantics 


EEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEE EEEE 

on the grammar of optative 

constructions 

Patrick Georg Grosz 

University of Tübingen 

This monograph is one of the first theoretical studies of 

optatives. Optative constructions express desire without an 

overt lexical item that means ‘desire’. The author specifically 

investigates optatives with the syntax of embedded clauses 

that contain prototypical particles such as ‘only’. He rejects 

the view that optativity arises compositionally from the 

standard semantics of embedded clauses and prototypical 

particles. The following system is proposed: Desirability 

is due to a generalized scalar exclamation operator EX. 

Furthermore, clausal properties such as factivity/counterfactuality 

are encoded in a Mood head, which co-determines 

morphological mood and complementizer choice. Finally, 

the prototypical particles that optatives contain are truthconditionally 

vacuous presupposition triggers. As a result, 

these meaning components do not interact directly, but 

their meanings converge, with the consequence that they 

prototypically co-occur. This monograph is of interest for 

formal semanticists, syntacticians, pragmaticists and morphologists, 

and especially relevant for research on mood and 

particle semantics. 


2012. xi, 346 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5576 1 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7345 1 eUR 105.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Germanic linguistics || Pragmatics || Semantics || Syntax 


☞ 


“ This book presents an 

insightful investigation 

of multiple interrogation, 

and gives a sophisticated 

Minimalist account of the 

cross-linguistic variation 

found with single-pair 

and pair-list answers to 

multiple wh-questions, as 

well as new arguments that 

sluicing involves unpronounced 

clausal structure, 

and important new data 

on the acquisition of such 

structures. It represents the 

fruitful intersection of theoretical 

questions with close 

empirical investigation of 

both adults’ and children’s 

grammars. ” 

jason merchant, University 

of Chicago 

“ An illuminating account 

of the fascinating interactions 

between the syntactic 

and semantic properties of 

the multiple interrogative 

construction in a variety of 

languages, supported by 

meticulous investigation of 

its acquisition. ” 

howard lasnik, University of 

Maryland at College Park 

FoRtHCoM I nG 

towards a biolinguistic understanding 

of grammar 

Essays on interfaces 

Edited by Anna Maria Di Sciullo 

UQAM 

The theoretical proposals brought forward in this book as well 

as the results from the reported experimental studies present 

genuine contributions to the biolinguistic program. The papers 

contribute to our understanding of the properties of the computations 

and the representations derived by the language faculty, 

viewed as an organism of human biological. Towards a Biolinguistic 

Understanding of Grammar: Essays on Interfaces adds to the 

usual notion of interfaces, which is generally understood as the 

connection between syntax and the semantic system, between 

phonology and the sensorimotor system. It raises novel interface 

questions about how these connections are at all possible within 

the biolinguistic program. It anchors the formal properties 

of grammar at the interfaces between language and biology, 

language and experience, bringing about language acquisition 

and language variation, and it also explores the interaction of 

grammar with the factors reducing complexity. This book aims 

to bring about further understanding of the interfaces of the 

grammar in a broader biolinguistic sense. Written in a language 

accessible to a wide audience, this book will appeal to scholars 

and students of linguistics, cognitive science, biology, and natural 

language processing. 

Contributions by: C. Aguero-Bautista; C. Christodoulou & M. Wiltschko; 

A.M. Di Sciullo; S. Fong & J. Ginsburg; A. Fujimori; T. Graf; 

K.K. Grohmann & E. Leivada; T. Hunter; D. Isac; H. Lasnik; E. Malaia 

& R.B. Wilbur; P. Pietroski; C. Reiss; B.B. Samuels; R.G. de Almeida & 

L. Riven. 

[Linguistik Aktuell/Linguistics Today, 194] 2012. vi, 367 pp 

158.00 

Hb 978 90 272 5577 8 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7341 3 eUR 105.00 / usd 158.00 

|| Generative linguistics || Psycholinguistics || Syntax 



Rightward movement in a comparative perspective 

Edited by Gert Webelhuth, Manfred Sailer and Heike Walker 

Goethe University Frankfurt am Main / University of Göttingen 

This book represents the state of the art on rightward movement in one thematically coherent 

volume. It documents the growing importance of the combination of empirical and theoretical 

work in linguistic analysis. Several contributions argue that rightward movement is a means of 

reducing phonological or structural complexity. The inclusion of corpus data and psycholinguistic 

results confirms the Right Roof Constraint as the central defining property of extraposition 

and argues for a reduced role of subsentential bounding nodes. The contributions also 

show that the phenomenon cannot be looked at from one module of grammar alone, but calls 

for an interaction of syntax, semantics, phonology, and discourse. The discussion of different 

languages such as English, German, Dutch, Italian, Italian Sign Language, Modern Greek, Uyghur, 

and Khalkha enhances our understanding of the complexity of the phenomenon. Finally, 

the analytic options of different frameworks are explored. The volume is of interest to students 

and researchers of syntax, semantics, psycholinguistics, and corpus linguistics. 

Contributions by: M. Bader, J. Häussler & T. Schmid; C. Chesi; B. Crysmann; C. Geraci & C. Cecchetto; E. 

Gregoromichelaki; E. Göbbel; K. Hartmann; M. Kluck & M. de Vries; J. Strunk & N. Snider; H. Walker; B. 

Öztürk. 




|| Corpus linguistics || Generative linguistics || Psycholinguistics || Semantics || Syntax 


EEEE EEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEE 

EEEE 



the passive in japanese 

A cartographic minimalist approach 

Tomoko Ishizuka 

Tama University 

This book describes and analyzes the passive 

voice system in Japanese within the framework of 

generative grammar. By unifying diff erent types of 

passives conventionally distinguished within the 

literature, the book advances a simple minimalist 

account where various passive characteristics 

emerge from the lexical properties of a single 

passive morpheme interacting with independently-supported 

syntactic principles and general 

properties of Japanese. The book both reevaluates 

numerous properties previously discussed within 

the literature and introduces interesting new data 

collected through experiments. This novel analysis 

also benefi ts from considering the important issue 

of interspeaker variability, in terms of grammaticality 

judgments and context requirements, and 

its implications for individual grammar. The book 

will be of interest not only to students and scholars 

working on passive constructions, but more generally 

to scholars working on generative grammar, 

experimental syntax, language acquisition, and 

sentence processing. 


2012. xv, 249 pp. 

158.00 

Hb 978 90 272 5575 4 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7348 2 eUR 105.00 / usd 158.00 

|| Generative linguistics || Japanese linguistics || Syntax 



neW journal • neW journal • neW journal • neW journal 

Korean linguistics 

Edited by Young-Key Kim-Renaud 

George Washington University 

Korean Linguistics publishes peer-reviewed, 

scholarly articles at the cutting edge of Korean 

linguistics, a fi eld of growing importance in virtually 

all branches of linguistics (syntax, semantics, 

phonology, phonetics, sociolinguistics, discoursepragmatics, 

historical linguistics). The scope of the 

journal extends to work on Korean linguistics in 

all of these subareas of linguistics. Emphasis will 

be given to articles on Korean of import to general 

and theoretical linguistics, but signifi cant work 

on, for example, the history of Korean and the 

Korean writing system will also be considered for 

publication. Book reviews, remarks on special occasions, 

and obituaries, etc. may be included. 

issn: 0257-3784 (PRint) / 2212-9731 (electRonic) 

Linguistics of isolated languages || Theoretical linguistics 


comparative germanic syntax 

The state of the art 

Edited by Peter Ackema, Rhona Alcorn, 

Caroline Heycock, Dany Jaspers, 

Jeroen Van Craenenbroeck 

and Guido Vanden Wyngaerd 

University of Edinburgh / Hogeschool Universiteit Brussel 

The present volume contains a selection of papers 

presented at the 23rd and 24th Comparative Germanic 

Syntax Workshop held at the University of 

Edinburgh and the Hogeschool-Universiteit Brussels. 

The contributions provide new perspectives 

on several topics of current interest for syntactic 

theory on the basis of comparative data from a wide 

range of Germanic languages. Among the theoretical 

and empirical issues explored are various ellipsis 

phenomena, the internal structure of the DP, the 

syntax-morphology interface, the syntax-semantics 

interface, Binding Theory, various diachronic developments, 

and ‘do-support’-type phenomena. This 

book is of interest to syntacticians with an interest 

in theoretical, comparative and/or diachronic 

work, as well as to morphologists and semanticists 

interested in the connections their fi elds have with 

syntax. It will also be of interest to graduate and 

advanced undergraduate students in linguistic 

disciplines. 

Contributions by: L. Aelbrecht; A. Alexiadou & C. Campanini; 

E. Brandner & M. Salzmann; P. Cabredo Hofh err; 

L. Danckaert & L. Haegeman; G. Hicks; A. Jäger & 

D. Penka; B. Lundquist & G. Ramchand; J. Maling & 

S. Sigurjónsdóttir; C. Platzack; A. Pysz & B. Wiland; 

M. Salzmann; V. Struckmeier. 


2012. xvi, 418 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5574 7 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7364 2 eUR 105.00 / usd 

neW 

JoURnAL 

2013 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Generative linguistics || Germanic linguistics 

|| Historical linguistics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 

Subscription information 

(prices for PRINT + ONLINE include postage/handling) 

Volume 15 (2013) 2 issues, ca. 200 pp. 

Libraries and Institutions 

EUR 120.00 (PRINT + ONLINE) 

EUR 116.00 (ONLINE-ONLY) 

Private subscriptions 


Back volumes (vols 1-14), previously published by 

the International Circle of Korean Linguistics, are 

also available from John Benjamins. 

main clause phenomena 

New Horizons 

Edited by Lobke Aelbrecht, 

Liliane Haegeman and Rachel Nye 

Ghent University 

Main Clause Phenomena: New Horizons takes the study 

of Main Clause Phenomena (MCP) into the 21st 

century, without neglecting the origins of the topic. 

It brings together work by both established and 

up-and-coming scholars, who present analyses for 

a wide range of MCP, from a variety of languages, 

with a particular focus on particles and agreement 

markers, complementizers and verb second, and 

the licensing of MCP in diff erent types of clauses. 

Besides enriching the empirical domain, this volume 

also engages with the theoretical question of 

how best to capture the distribution of MCP and, in 

particular, to what extent they are embeddable and 

why. The diverse patterns and analyses presented 

challenge the idea that MCP constitute a homogeneous 

class. Main Clause Phenomena: New Horizons is 

of interest not just to scholars specializing in the 

study of MCP, but to all linguists interested in the 

syntax and/or semantics of the clause. 

Contributions by: L. Aelbrecht, L. Haegeman & R. Nye; 

C. de Cat; M. Coniglio & I. Zegrean; J.E. Emonds; Y. Endo; 

I. Franco; W. Frey; L. Haegeman; V. Hill; R.K. Larson 

& M. Sawada; V. Laskova; D.W. Lightfoot; R. Manzini; 

K. Migdalski; S. Miyagawa; N. Nasu; B. Tomaszewicz; 

M. de Vries. 


2012. vi, 433 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5573 0 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7365 9 eUR 105.00 / usd 

|| Generative linguistics || Syntax 


158.00 

158.00

on the compositional nature of 

states 

E. Matthew Husband 

University of South Carolina 

This monograph pursues a structural analogy 

between the availability of an existential interpretation 

in states and the telicity of events. Focusing 

on evidence from both verbal and adjectival 

predicates, it argues that quantization forms the 

basis of a unified theory of aktionsart and provides 

a theory in which the availability of an existential 

interpretation in states is, like the telicity of events, 

determined compositionally by the predicate and 

the quantization of its internal argument. Quantization 

is further argued to reflect the internal 

temporal constitution of the stages of an individual 

which is tied to the generation of an existential 

interpretation. This monograph will be of interest 

to syntacticians and semanticists who are specifically 

concerned with compositional approaches to 

eventualities, and to those who have a more general 

interest in the role linguistic theory can play in 

determining core properties of the mind. 


2012. xv, 170 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5571 6 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7416 8 eUR 99.00 / usd 

space in tense 

The interaction of tense, aspect, 

evidentiality and speech acts in Korean 

Kyung-Sook Chung 

Pusan National University 

This monograph explores the tense, aspect, mood, 

and evidentiality of Korean, which has a rich verbal 

inflectional system, and proposes novel treatments 

within the framework of compositional semantics. 

One of the major contributions is the demonstration 

that Korean has two types of deictic tense— 

simple deictic and spatial deictic tense. Spatial 

deictic tense refers to the notion of the speaker’s 

‘perceptual field’ (or deictic range), as well as to 

temporality, functioning to set up a condition for 

a systematic evidential distinction. The research 

in this volume shows that the basic paradigm of 

evidentiality of Korean derives from the standard 

TMA system combined with the notion of space. 

This volume also shows that perfect and past tense 

utilize different primitives. The intended readership 

of this volume extends beyond Koreanists to 

scholars interested specifically in tense, mood, aspect, 

and evidentiality as well as in general theories 

of grammar and semantics-pragmatics. 


2012. xvii, 292 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5572 3 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7380 2 eUR 105.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Semantics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Linguistics of isolated languages || Semantics || Syntax 


☞ 

☞ 


“ In the past few decades, meticulous 

semantic and syntactic research has greatly 

contributed to our understanding of 

event structure. However, more often not, 

the focus of that research has been the 

properties of eventive rather than stative 

eventualities. Matthew Husband’s book is 

an important contribution to the closing 

of this gap. Taking as its starting point, 

on the one hand, the distinction between 

individual level predicates and stage level 

predicates, and on the other hand, the 

results of research into the syntax and 

semantics of eventive eventualities and in 

particular the quantization approach to 

telicity, Husband’s model integrates into 

an intriguing whole notions such as telicity 

and quantization, scalarity, and voice, 

to give rise to an insightful and thought 

provoking work that is sure to become a 

cornerstone in our understanding of event 

structure in general, and the eventive/ 

stative dividing line in particular. A mustread 

for any scholar who is interested in 

the impact which the syntax-semantic 

interface has had on the study of events 

and their properties. ” 

hagit borer, Queen Mary, University of London 

“ The volume excels through the combination 

of a comprehensive theoretical 

perspective and detailed consideration of 

known facts and descriptive problems in 

Romance linguistics, presenting them in a 

new light. Accordingly, theory-driven and 

data-driven approaches are featured side by 

side, complementing each other perfectly. 

With their diverse theoretical backgrounds, 

which differ from each other above all with 

regard to the central issue of the Autonomy 

of Morphology, the contributions to the 

volume offer a highly interesting synopsis 

of descriptive approaches since the era 

of early Generative Grammar. The texts 

address synchronic as well as diachronic 

issues and are written in a way that makes 

them suitable as a highly useful introduction 

to the general field of enquiry also for 

the non-specialist. ” 

ulrich wandruszka, University of Klagenfurt 

“ This book provides an original and 

coherent analysis of a major part of the 

Korean tense/aspect/evidentiality system. 

In spite of a large prior literature on these 

issues, many problems have remained 

unsolved. Kyung-Sook Chung’s book 

contributes novel empirical findings, as 

well as new analytical insights which have 

implications not just for Korean, but for 

natural language more generally. ” 

lisa matthewson, University of British 

Columbia 

☞ 

FoRtHCoM I nG 

in search of universal grammar 

From Old Norse to Zoque 

Edited by Terje Lohndal 

Norwegian University of Science and Technology 

This volume in honor of Jan Terje Faarlund covers the 

areas in which he has contributed to linguistic theorizing, 

ranging from in-depth studies of Norwegian 

and Scandinavian grammar both synchronically and 

diachronically, to work on the Indian language Chiapas 

Zoque. The book is organized thematically with two 

chapters on each topic: The grammar of the Scandinavian 

languages (Tor A. Åfarli and Christer Platzack); 

language policies and sociolinguistics (Unn Røyneland 

and Peter Trudgill); French (Hans Petter Helland and 

Christine Meklenborg Salvesen); language change 

(Werner Abraham and Elly van Gelderen); lesser-studied 

languages (Alice Harris and Jerry Sadock); language 

acquisition (David Lightfoot and Marit Westergaard; 

and language evolution (Erika Hagelberg and Salikoko 

Mufwene). This book will be of interest to a wide range 

of readers, from students to scholars working on any of 

the areas covered. 




|| Germanic linguistics || Historical linguistics 

|| Languages of South America || Theoretical linguistics 

EEEEEEEE EEEE EEEEE 

EEEEEEEE EEEE 

inflection and word formation in 

Romance languages 

Edited by Sascha Gaglia 

and Marc-Olivier Hinzelin 

University of Göttingen / University of Hamburg 

Morphology, and in particular word formation, has always 

played an important role in Romance linguistics since it 

was introduced in Diez’s comparative Romance grammar. 

Recent years have witnessed a surge of interest in inflectional 

morphology, and current research shows a strong 

interest in paradigmatic analyses. This volume brings 

together research exploring different areas of morphology 

from a variety of theoretical and methodological perspectives. 

On an empirical basis, the theoretical assumption 

of the ‘Autonomy of Morphology’ is discussed critically. 

‘Data-driven’ approaches carefully examine concrete morphological 

phenomena in Romance languages and dialects. 

Topics include syncretism and allomorphy in verbs, pronouns, 

and articles as well as the use of specific derivational 

suffixes in word formation. Together, the articles in this 

volume provide insights into issues currently debated in 

Romance morphology, appealing to scholars of morphology, 

Romance linguistics, and advanced students alike. 

Contributions by: S. Gaglia; L. Garrapa; M. Hinzelin; M. Hinzelin & 

S. Gaglia; M. Maiden; K. Mutz; H. Necker; T. Paciaroni; N. Pomino; 

E. Remberger; P. Sauzet; C. Schwarze; M. Uth; A. Zilg. 


2012. vii, 400 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5569 3 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7458 8 eUR 105.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Morphology || Romance linguistics || Theoretical linguistics 



latin embedded clauses 

The left periphery 

Lieven Danckaert 

Ghent University 

This monograph is one of the fi rst studies that approaches 

Latin syntax from a formal perspective, combining 

detailed corpus-based description with formal theoretical 

analysis. The empirical focus is word order in embedded 

clauses, with special attention to clauses in which one or 

more constituents surface to the left of a subordinating 

conjunction. It is proposed that two such types of left peripheral 

fronting should be distinguished. The proposed 

analyses shed light not only on the clausal left periphery, 

but also on the overall structure of the Latin clause. The 

study is couched in the framework of generative grammar, 

but since a thorough introduction is provided, no 

special background in formal syntax is required. Major 

topics touched upon are word order, information structure, 

locality, and the syntax of pied-piping. The book 

covers both synchronic and diachronic topics of Latin 

syntax, and is of interest for classical philologists, historical 

linguists, and formal syntacticians. 


2012. xviii, 368 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5567 9 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7488 5 eUR 105.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Classical linguistics || Generative linguistics 

|| Romance linguistics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 

the evaluability hypothesis 

The syntax, semantics, and pragmatics of 

polarity item licensing 

Johan Brandtler 

Lund University 

Although the fi eld of polarity is well researched, this 

monograph off ers a new take on polarity sensitivity that 

both challenges and incorporates previous theories. 

Based primarily on Swedish data, it presents new solutions 

to long-standing problems, such as the noncomplementary 

distribution of NPIs and PPIs in yes/ 

no-questions and conditionals, long distance licensing by 

superordinate elements, and the occurrence of polarity 

items in wh-questions. It is argued that polarity sensitivity 

can be understood in terms of evaluability. Lacking 

any immediate predecessor in the literature, evaluability 

refers to the possibility of accepting or rejecting an utterance 

as true in a communicative exchange. Intriguingly, 

the evaluable status of a clause is shown to have syntactic 

correlates in Swedish, mirrored in the confi guration 

of the C-domain. This book is of interest to scholars 

studying the interplay between syntax, semantics and 

pragmatics, particularly those working on negation and 

polarity. 


2012. xiii, 199 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5566 2 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7490 8 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Generative linguistics || Germanic linguistics || Pragmatics 

|| Semantics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 


“ This outstanding study is a major 

contribution to Arabic and general 

theoretical linguistics. Solidly 

grounded in scholarship ranging 

from the rich Arabic linguistic tradition 

to inquiries at the forefront 

of current research, the author 

provides incisive and compelling 

accounts of central features of Semitic 

languages, placing them in a 

revealing comparative framework, 

and also develops stimulating new 

ideas about semantics and syntax 

of broad import and reach. A very 

signifi cant and welcome achievement. 

” 

noam chomsky, 

Institute Professor, MIT 

“ Like no-one else Abdelkader 

Fassi Fehri combines profound 

knowledge of traditional Arabic 

grammar with equally profound 

knowledge and understanding of 

current generative linguistics. His 

new book Key features and parameters 

in Arabic grammar deals with 

a variety of novel and intriguing 

issues in the structure of Arabic, 

including syntactic and semantic 

properties of noun phrases and 

DPs, the count/mass distinction, 

indefi niteness, genericity, tense, 

aspect, and voice, logophoric 

anchoring, and pluractionality in 

the verbal domain. Like its early 

predecessor, Issues in the Structure 

of Arabic Sentences and Words, which 

stands as a milestone in the exploration 

of Arabic grammar, and set 

the agenda for generative study 

of Arabic for years afterwards, the 

present work will no doubt contribute 

a new agenda for research 

on Arabic, with ripple eff ects on 

parametric theory and general 

linguistic research. ” 

professor anders holmberg, 

Newcastle University 

Key features and parameters 

in arabic grammar 

Abdelkader Fassi Fehri 

KAICAL, Ryad & Mohammed V University, Rabat 

In light of recent generative minimalism, and comparative 

parametric theory of language variation, the book investigates 

key features and parameters of Arabic grammar. 

Part I addresses morpho-syntactic and semantic interfaces 

in temporality, aspectuality, and actionality, including the 

Past/Perfect/Perfective ambiguity akin to the very synthetic 

temporal morphology, collocating time adverb construal, 

and interpretability of verbal Number as pluractional. Part 

II is dedicated to nominal architecture, the behaviour of 

bare nouns as true indefi nites, the count/mass dichotomy 

(re-examined in light of general, collective, and singulative 

DP properties), the mirror image ordering of serialized 

adjectives, and N-to-D Move in synthetic possession, proper 

names, and individuated vocatives. Part III examines the role 

of CP in time and space anchoring, double access reading 

(in a DAR language such as Arabic), sequence of tense (SOT), 

silent pronominal categories in consistent null subject 

languages (including referential and generic pro), and the 

interpretability of infl ection. Semantic and formal parameters 

are set out, within a mixed macro/micro-parametric 

model of language variation. The book is of particular interest 

to students, researchers, and teachers of Arabic, Semitic, 

comparative, typological, or general linguistics. 


2012. xx, 358 pp. 

☞ 

Hb 978 90 272 5565 5 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7496 0 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Afro-Asiatic languages || Generative linguistics || Syntax 


optimizing adverb positions 

Eva Engels 

Aarhus University 

Adverb positions vary within a single language as well as 

across diverse languages. Based on the study of adverbs in 

English, French and German, this monograph shows that 

the distribution of adverbs is infl uenced by various factors 

at distinct levels of linguistic representation – comprising 

semantics, syntax, phonology and information structure –, 

which interact in determining adverb positions. The results 

of the investigation are formulated within the theoretical 

framework of Optimality Theory, which captures the 

complex interaction of these factors by hierarchically ranked 

constraints, deriving cross-linguistic variation of adverb 

positions by diff erences in the language-specifi c constraint 

hierarchies. The book is divided into two parts: While Part 

I examines adverb positions in general, Part II investigates 

under which circumstances an adverb may attach to a phonetically 

empty constituent in the languages under discussion. 

The book appeals to a linguistic audience interested in 

Germanic and Romance languages as well as in theoretical 

syntax in general. 


2012. xiv, 347 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5564 8 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 8184 5 eUR 105.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Generative linguistics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics

“ The study of sound change has a 

venerable history, dating from the 

fi rst half of the 19th century, and can 

be said to have put linguistics on a 

solid footing as a scientifi c enterprise. 

Yet many controversies have 

remained over the years, making this 

area still one of the liveliest domains 

of investigation in historical linguistics 

and in phonology and phonetics 

more generally. The present volume 

adds to the discussion in important 

and meaningful ways with papers by 

signifi cant thinkers who insightfully 

tie the phonetic, the phonological, 

and the diachronic together, yielding 

impressive results that draw on the 

latest theoretical, typological, historical, 

and experimental approaches. ” 

brian D. joseph, The Ohio State University 

“ Sound change is one of the most 

recalcitrant puzzles in the study 

of language and has attracted the 

attention of researchers from many 

diff erent perspectives. This volume 

contains an impressive selection 

of high quality research by leading 

scholars on sound change. It is a musthave 

for all students of sound change, 

phonetics, phonology, psycholinguistics, 

sociolinguistics, and historical 

linguistics. ” 

alan c. l. yu, University of Chicago 

Romance languages and linguistic 

theory 2010 

Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’ Leiden 2010 

Edited by Irene Franco, Sara Lusini 

and Andrés Saab 

Leiden University 

The annual conference series ‘Going Romance’ is an international 

initiative of the universities of the Netherlands 

that engage in linguistic research on Romance languages. 

Since its inception in the eighties of the past century, the 

conference has developed into a major European discussion 

forum where ideas about language and linguistics 

and about Romance languages are put in an interactive 

perspective, giving space to both universality and 

Romance-internal variation. 

The current volume contains a selection of the papers that 

have been presented at 24th Going Romance conference, 

which was held at Leiden University on December 9–10, 

2010. 

Contributions by: S. Canalis & L. Garrapa; J. Costa, A.M. Martins 

& F. Pratas; F. Costantini; V. Déprez, K. Syrett & S. Kawahara; 

D. Embick; A. Fábregas & R. Marín; M.R. Manzini; F. Pratas; 

A. Saab & P. Zdrojewski; F. Torres-Tamarit & C. Pons-Moll. 

[Romance Languages and Linguistic Theory, 4] 

2012. ca. 250 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0384 7 eUR 110.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7247 8 eUR 110.00 / usd 165.00 

|| Romance linguistics || Theoretical linguistics 


the initiation of sound change 

Perception, production, and social factors 

Edited by Maria-Josep Solé and Daniel Recasens 

Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona / Universitat Autònoma de 

Barcelona & Institut d’Estudis Catalans 

☞ 

The origins of sound change is one of the oldest and most 

challenging questions in the study of language. The goal 

of this volume is to examine current approaches to sound 

change from a variety of theoretical and methodological 

perspectives, including articulatory variation and 

modeling, speech perception mechanisms and neurobiological 

processes, geographical and social variation, and 

diachronic phonology. This diversity of perspectives contributes 

to a fruitful cross-fertilization across disciplines 

and represents an attempt to formulate converging ideas 

on the factors that lead to sound change. This book is 

addressed to scholars in historical linguistics, linguistic 

typology, and phonology as well as to researchers in 

speech production and perception, cognition and modeling. 

Given the theoretical and methodological interest 

of the contributions as well as the novel instrumental 

techniques applied to the study of sound change, this 

volume will interest professionals teaching language 

typology, laboratory phonology, sound change, phonetics 

and phonological theory at the graduate level. 

Contributions by: P.S. Beddor; J.L. Bybee; S. Dimov, S. Katseff & 

K. Johnson; M. Grosvald & D.P. Corina; M. Hale; J. Harrington; 

J.J. Ohala; M. Pouplier; D. Recasens; J.C. Salmons, R.A. Fox & 

E. Jacewicz; M. Solé. 

[Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, 323] 2012. x, 250 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4841 1 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7366 6 eUR 105.00 / usd 


158.00 

158.00 

|| Historical linguistics || Phonology || Theoretical linguistics 

165.00 

current issues in morphological 

theory 

(Ir)regularity, analogy and frequency 

Selected papers from the 14th International 

Morphology Meeting, Budapest, 13–16 May 2010 

Edited by Ferenc Kiefer, Mária Ladányi 

and Péter Siptár 

Hungarian Academy of Sciences / 

Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest 

The present volume contains selected papers from the 

14th International Morphology Meeting held in Budapest, 

13–16 May 2010, organized under the auspices of 

the Research Institute for Linguistics of the Hungarian 

Academy of Sciences. The selection of papers presented 

here addresses problems of language use in one or another 

sense, covering issues of regularity, irregularity and 

analogy, as well as the role of frequency in morphological 

complexity, morphological change and language acquisition. 

The languages discussed include Dutch, German, 

Greek, Hungarian, Lovari (Romani) and Russian. 

Contributions by: A. Anastassiadis-Syméonidis & M. Mitsiaki; 

M.A. Baló; D. Brown & R. Evans; G. Caballero & A.C. Harris; 

A.M. Di Sciullo; W.U. Dressler, L.E. Lettner & K. Korecky-Kröll; 

L. Kálmán, P. Rebrus & M. Törkenczy; S. Laaha & W.U. Dressler; 

A. Ralli & M. Andreou; P. Rácz & P. Rebrus; A.K. Scott. 

[Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, 322] 

2012. xx, 268 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4840 4 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7383 3 eUR 105.00 / usd 

|| Morphology || Theoretical linguistics 

158.00 

158.00 

semantics 

From meaning to text 

Igor A. Mel’čuk 

University of Montreal 

Edited by David Beck and Alain Polguère 

This book presents an innovative and novel approach to 

linguistic semantics, beginning with the idea that language 

can be described as a system for the expression of 

linguistic Meanings as particular surface forms or Texts. 

Semantics is specifi cally that system of rules that ensures 

a correct transition from a Semantic Representation of 

the Meaning of a family of synonymous sentences to the 

Deep Syntactic Representation of a particular sentence. 

Framed in the terms of Meaning-Text linguistics, this 

volume discusses in detail the problems of Semantic 

Representation —including the semantic structure of 

utterances, the semantics of Causation in English, and 

communicative, or information, structure. Based on the 

author’s life-long dedication to the study of the semantics 

and syntax of natural language, this book is a paradigmshifting 

contribution to the language sciences whose 

originality and daring will make it essential reading for 

linguists, anthropologists, semioticians, and computational 

linguists. 

[Studies in Language Companion Series, 129] 

2012. xxi, 436 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0596 4 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7343 7 eUR 105.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Cognition and language || Functional linguistics 

|| Pragmatics || Semantics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 



language maintenance 

and language Death 

The decline of Texas Alsatian 

Karen A. Roesch 

University of Texas at Austin 

This book provides the fi rst extensive description of Texas 

Alsatian, a critically-endangered Texas German dialect, as 

spoken in Medina County in the 21st century. The dialect 

was brought to Texas in the 1840s by colonists recruited by 

French entrepreneur Henri Castro and has been preserved 

with minimal change for six generations. Texas Alsatian 

has maintained lexical, phonological, and morphosyntactic 

features which diff erentiate it from the prevalent standardnear 

varieties of Texas German. This study both describes its 

grammatical features and discusses extra-linguistic factors 

contributing to the dialect’s preservation or accelerating 

its decline, e.g., social, historical, political, and economic 

factors, and speaker attitudes and ideologies linked to 

cultural identity. The work’s multi-faceted approach makes 

its relevant to a broad range of scholars such as dialectologists, 

historical linguists, sociolinguists, ethnographers, and 

anthropologists interested in language variation and change, 

language and identity, immigrant dialects, and language 

maintenance and death. 

[Culture and Language Use, 6] 2012. xv, 253 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0288 8 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7503 5 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Anthropological Linguistics || English linguistics || Germanic 

linguistics || Language policy || Sociolinguistics and Dialectology 

FoRtHCoM I nG 

ute texts 

Compiled and edited by T. Givón 

University of Oregon 

This second volume of Givón’s Ute trilogy contains a collection 

of Ute oral texts. Ute oral literature refl ects the life 

experience of a small-scale hunting-and-gathering Society 

of Intimates and its tight connection to the local natural 

environment and to the terrain, fl ora and fauna that supported 

the hunter-gatherer life. Ute story-telling tradition 

is the people’s literary heritage, with the narrative style 

allowing considerable artistic freedom and diversity in 

contents and style. Stories were not memorized verbatim, 

and story-tellers took creative liberty in elaborating and 

re-inventing the ‘same’ tale. The core cultural contents of 

each story are nevertheless preserved across tellers. Ute 

stories were most likely told at night around the fi re, in 

front of or inside the lodge, to a mixed audience of children 

and adults who had heard the tale many time before. 

The stories aimed to both instruct and entertain. Their 

underlying themes are stoic and oft-cynical refl ections on 

the vagaries of human behavior and harsh existence. They 

are the foundational literary tradition of The People-- 

Núuchi-u. 

[Culture and Language Use, 7] 2013. 


Pb 978 90 272 0290 1 PRice to be annoUnced 


|| Language documentation || Languages of North America 

EEEEEEEE EEEEE EEE EEEEEEE EEEE 


sentence patterns in english 

and hebrew 

Ron Kuzar 

University of Haifa 

Sentence Patterns in English and Hebrew off ers an innovative perspective 

on sentential syntax, in which sentence patterns are 

introduced as constructions within the general framework 

of Construction Grammar. Drawing on naturally occurring 

data collected from the Internet, the study challenges 

the prevailing view of predication as the sole mechanism of 

sentence formation, and introduces the idea of patterning as 

a complementary, sometimes even alternative mechanism. 

Major sentence patterns of English and Hebrew are systematically 

presented, targeting both their form and their function. 

A contrastive analysis of the sentence patterns in these 

two languages results in postulating a typological group, in 

which cognitive motivations are shown to account for both 

similarities and diff erences within the typology. 

Sentence Patterns in English and Hebrew will appeal to scholars 

of constructional approaches, cognitive linguistics, typology, 

syntax, as well as anyone interested in English and Hebrew. 

[Constructional Approaches to Language, 12] 

2012. xvii, 246 pp. + index 

143.00 

Hb 978 90 272 0434 9 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7331 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

|| Afro-Asiatic languages || Germanic linguistics || Syntax 



constructions in french 

Edited by Myriam Bouveret 

and Dominique Legallois 

Université de Rouen / Université de Caen Basse-Normandie 

The book Constructions in French is the fi rst collected volume 

to focus on French syntax from a constructionist perspective. 

It has been written with two kinds of readers in mind: for 

readers interested in the relationship between the French 

linguistics tradition and cognitive linguistics, and for readers 

who would like to examine how Construction Grammar 

can be applied to a variety of French language phenomena. 

The eleven papers illustrate the insights generated by combining 

lexicalist and constructionist approaches, focusing 

on syntax as a dynamic system and using corpus data from 

a variety of speech genres. The contributions provide new 

fi ndings about French usage trends (in linguistics and in 

psycholinguistics), including insights into new, nonstandard 

and poorly studied constructions. 

Contributions by: M. Achard; S. Berthaud & S. Antonijevic-Elliott; 

M. Bouveret; M. Bouveret & D. Legallois; G. Desagulier; P. Gréa; 

P. Lauwers; D. Legallois; A. Morgenstern & C. Parisse; S. Raineri; 

D. Willems. 

[Constructional Approaches to Language, 13] 

2012. vi, 281 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 0435 6 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7330 7 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Cognition and language || Cognitive linguistics 

|| Romance linguistics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 


mongolian 

Juha A. Janhunen 

University of Helsinki 

Mongolian is the principal language spoken 

by some fi ve million ethnic Mongols living in 

Outer and Inner Mongolia, as well as in adjacent 

parts of Russia and China. The spoken language 

is divided into a number of mutually intelligible 

dialects, while for writing two separate 

written languages are used: Cyrillic Khalkha in 

Outer Mongolia (the Republic of Mongolia) and 

Written Mongol in Inner Mongolia (P. R. China). 

In this grammatical description, the focus is 

on the standard varieties of the spoken language, 

as used in broadcasting, education, and 

everyday casual speech. The dialectology of the 

language, and its background as a member of 

the Mongolic language family, are also dicussed. 

Mongolian is an agglutinating language with 

a well-developed suffi xal morphology. In the 

areal framework, the language is a typical member 

of the trans-Eurasian Ural-Altaic complex 

with features such as vowel harmony, verb-fi nal 

sentence structure, and complex chains of nonfi 

nite verbal phrases. 

[London Oriental and African Language 

Library, 19] 2012. xv, 308 pp. + index 

165.00 

165.00 

Hb 978 90 272 3820 7 eUR 110.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7305 5 eUR 110.00 / usd 

|| Altaic languages || Theoretical linguistics 


bengali 

Hanne-Ruth Thompson 

SOAS London 


Bangla (Bengali), an Eastern Indo-Aryan Language, 

is the national language of Bangladesh with 150 

million speakers and the state language of Paschim 

Banga (West Bengal) in India with 90 million speakers. 

There are sizeable communities of Bengalis scattered 

all over the world. Altogether, the number of 

native speakers make Bangla the fi fth or sixth largest 

language in the world. Like Hindi and other South 

Asian languages, Bangla has subject-object-verb 

word order, postpositions, causative and compound 

verbs. Unlike Hindi it has no gender. 

This volume presents a systematic overview of the 

language, from the sound system to parts of speech, 

syntactic categories to reduplicative features and 

some short text passages. The book is written in 

transliteration throughout to provide ease and 

convenience to non-Bengali as well as to Bengali 

linguists and students. In order to connect linguistic 

analysis with the living language, the book is 

furnished with plenty of real language examples, 

demonstrating the spirit, grace and wit of the Bangla 

language. 

[London Oriental and African Language Library, 18] 

2012. xxviii, 380 pp. + index 

173.00 

Hb 978 90 272 3819 1 eUR 115.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7313 0 eUR 115.00 / usd 173.00 

|| Other Indo-European languages || Theoretical linguistics 


clefts and their Relatives 

Matthew Reeve 

University College London 

Cleft constructions have long presented an analytical 

challenge for syntactic theory. This monograph 

argues that clefts and related constructions cannot be 

analysed in a straightforwardly compositional manner. 

Instead, it proposes that the locality conditions 

on modifi cation (for example by a restrictive relative 

clause) must be reformulated such that they account 

for the apparent compositionality of DP-internal 

modifi cation whilst also permitting ‘discontinuous’ 

modifi cation of the type which is independently 

needed for constructions such as relative clause 

extraposition. The empirical focus of the book is on 

clefts in English and Russian, which have a similar 

interpretation but considerably divergent syntactic 

structures. The author argues that, despite these 

syntactic diff erences, both types of cleft are mapped 

to their semantic interpretations in the same manner. 

This monograph will be essential reading for those 

working on cleft constructions and copular sentences 

more generally, and will be of interest to those working 

on the syntax-semantics interface. 


2012. xiii, 223 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5568 6 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7460 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Generative linguistics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 

R eVIseD eDItIon 

japanese 

Revised edition 

Shoichi Iwasaki 

UCLA 

Japanese ranks as the ninth most widely spoken 

language of the world with more than 127 million 

speakers in the island state of Japan. Its genetic 

relation has been a topic of heated discussion, but 

Altaic and Austronesian languages appear to have 

contributed to the early formation of this language. 

Japanese has a long written tradition, which goes 

back to texts from the eighth century CE. The modern 

writing system employs a mixture of Chinese 

characters and two sets of syllabary indigenously 

developed based on the Chinese characters. 

This book consists of sixteen chapters covering the 

phonology, morphology, writing system, tense and 

aspect systems, basic argument structure, grammatical 

constructions, and discourse and pragmatic 

phenomena of Japanese. It provides researchers 

with a useful typological reference and students 

of Japanese with a theory-neutral introduction to 

current linguistic research issues. 

[London Oriental and African Language Library, 17] 

2012. xxi, 374 pp. + index 

158.00 

Hb 978 90 272 3817 7 eUR 105.00 / usd 

Pb 978 90 272 3818 4 eUR 36.00 / usd 54.00 

e-book 978 90 272 7314 7 eUR 105.00 / usd 158.00 

|| Japanese linguistics || Theoretical linguistics 


noun phrases and nominalization 

in basque 

Syntax and semantics 

Edited by Urtzi Etxeberria, Ricardo Etxepare 

and Myriam Uribe-Etxebarria 

CNRS-IKER / UPV/EHU 

This collective volume on nominal expressions in 

Basque, a language isolate with no known relatives, 

comprises original papers on the syntactic structure 

and the interpretation of both Noun Phrases and 

nominalization constructions – a traditionally 

neglected aspect of Basque linguistics. The minute 

attention to properties and paradigms previously 

overlooked, and the analyses of them in the light of 

recent advances in syntactic theory make this book a 

valuable tool for syntacticians, semanticists and morphologists. 

This work fi lls a gap in the theoretical study 

of Basque, and the richness of data presented makes it 

interesting for any researcher from whatever particular 

theoretical persuasion. 

Contributions by: I. Arteatx; X. Artiagoitia; M. Duguine; 

L. Eguren; U. Etxeberria; U. Etxeberria & R. Etxepare; 

U. Etxeberria, R. Etxepare & M. Uribe-Etxebarria; R. Etxepare 

& M. Uribe-Etxebarria; P. Goenaga; B. Haddican & G. Tsoulas; 

J. Manterola; I.S. Martin; B. Oyharçabal. 


2012. vii, 466 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5570 9 eUR 110.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7454 0 eUR 110.00 / usd 

165.00 

165.00 

C oU Rse 

BooK 

|| Basque linguistics || Generative linguistics || Semantics 



Language & Cognition 

metaphor in use 

Context, culture, and communication 

Edited by Fiona MacArthur, 

José Luis Oncins-Martínez, Manuel Sánchez-García 

and Ana María Piquer-Píriz 

University of Extremadura 

Metaphor is a fascinating phenomenon, but it is also 

complex and multi-faceted, varying in how it is manifested 

in diff erent modes of expression, languages, cultures, or 

time-scales. How then can we reliably identify metaphors 

in diff erent contexts? How does the language or culture of 

speakers and hearers aff ect the way metaphors are produced 

or interpreted? Are the methods employed to explore 

metaphors in one context applicable in others? The sixteen 

chapters that make up this volume off er not only detailed 

studies of the situated use of metaphor in language, gesture, 

and visuals around the world – providing important insights 

into the diff erent factors that produce variation – but also 

careful explication and discussion of the methodological 

issues that arise when researchers approach metaphor in 

diverse ‘real world’ contexts. The book constitutes an important 

contribution to applied metaphor studies, and will 

prove an invaluable resource for the novice and experienced 

metaphor researcher alike. 

Contributions by: Y. Aksan & M. Aksan; C. Alm-Arvius; M. Azuma; 

T. Berber Sardinha; C.M. Chapetón-Castro & I. Verdaguer-Clavera; 

Y. Chuang; L. Dorst & A.A. Kaal; Jr., R.W. Gibbs; A. Golden; 

M. Johansson Falck; F. MacArthur & J.L. Oncins-Martínez; 

M. van Mulken & R. Le Pair; T. Pasma; G. Philip; R. Trim; J.M. Ureña; 

T. Veale. 

[Human Cognitive Processing, 38] 2012. x, 371 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 2392 0 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7346 8 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

|| Cognition and language || Discourse studies 


practical theories and empirical practice 

Facets of a complex interaction 

Edited by Andrea C. Schalley 

Griffi th University, Brisbane 

143.00 

There is a perceived tension between empirical and theoretical 

approaches to the study of language. Many recent works 

in the discipline emphasise that linguistics is an ‘empirical 

science’. This volume argues for a nuanced view, highlighting 

that theory and practice necessarily and as a matter of 

fact complement each other in linguistic research. Its contributions 

– ranging from experimental studies in psychology 

via linguistic fi eldwork and cross-linguistic comparisons to 

the application of formal and logical approaches to language 

– exemplify the mutual relationship between empirical and 

theoretical work. The volume illustrates how selected topics 

are addressed by diff erent contributions and methodological 

stances. Topics include the cognitive grounding of language, 

social cognition and the construction of meaning in interaction, 

and, closely related, pragmatics from a typological 

perspective and beyond. Anyone interested in these topics 

and more generally in meta-theoretical considerations will 

fi nd great value in this volume. 

Contributions by: P. Bach; T. Becker; L. Behrens; A. Benz; J. Bohnemeyer; 

N. Evans; H. Gärtner; J. Pustejovsky; A.C. Schalley; G. Senft; 

C. Thoermer, A. Neumann & B. Sodian. 

[Human Cognitive Processing, 40] 2012. xi, 324 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 2394 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

e-book 978 90 272 7245 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

|| Cognition and language || Psycholinguistics 



☞ 

“ This collection of essays is a 

highly impressive and valuable 

addition to the body of research 

on conceptual metaphor. The 

editors have performed an 

outstanding job in bringing together 

scholars that have elaborately 

explored the interaction 

between conceptual metaphor, 

discourse, and culture. ” 

farzad sharifi an, Monash 

University 

“ The chapters in the book 

bring out fascinating and 

demanding issues of methodology 

that are raised when 

working across cultures and 

contexts, and supply a range of 

responses that will be invaluable 

for metaphor researchers. 

[...] Any metaphor scholar will 

fi nd something new, challenging, 

and interesting in this 

collection. ” 

lynne cameron, The Open 

University, UK 

“ This book is most welcome 

for a number of reasons: as 

a detailed illustration of applying 

the descriptive and 

theoretical notions of cognitive 

linguistics; for its success in 

integrating multiple methods 

and multiple theoretical 

approaches; and as a comprehensive 

description of the 

English imperative. It achieves 

a broader and deeper understanding 

of this phenomenon, 

being especially informative 

due to comparison with Japanese. 

” 

Ronald w. langacker , 

University of California, San Diego 

from space to time 

A cognitive analysis of the Cora locative system and 

its temporal extensions 

Eugene H. Casad 

Edited by Klaus-Uwe Panther and Linda L. Th ornburg 

Since Cora is a language on the verge of extinction, this 

research monograph is undoubtedly the last chance of reading 

a thorough analysis of the emergence of its grammaticalized 

locative forms, coupled with a comprehensive account of the 

extensions from the locative domain to the domain of time. 

Having spent many years doing fi eldwork among Cora speakers, 

E. Casad occupied the best possible position to undertake 

this endeavor and to complete it successfully. I know of nobody 

else who could have done it or would still be able to do it. 

Nicole Delbecque, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven 

This careful and detailed analysis of the semantic and conceptual 

relations between space and time draws on the author’s 

deep experience with the Cora language. Casad works 

systematically through the extensions of temporal language 

in Cora, giving a master class in the application of a classical 

Cognitive Grammar framework to the study of conceptual 

models and their development. 

N.J. Enfi eld, Max Planck Institute for Psycholinguistics, 

Nijmegen 

Contributions by: B.M. Casad; R.W. Langacker; K. Panther & 

L.L. Thornburg. 

[Human Cognitive Processing, 39] 

2012. xxvii, 257 pp. + index 

☞ 

143.00 

Hb 978 90 272 2393 7 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7324 6 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

|| Cognitive linguistics || Historical linguistics 

|| Languages of North America || Theoretical linguistics 


a cognitive linguistic analysis of the 

english imperative 

With special reference to Japanese imperatives 

Hidemitsu Takahashi 

Hokkaido University 

This volume off ers the fi rst comprehensive description 

of English imperatives made from a Cognitive Linguistic 

perspective. It proposes a new way of explaining the meaning 

and function of the imperative independently of illocutionary 

act classifi cations, which allows for quantifying the strength 

of imperative force in terms of parameters and numerical 

values. Furthermore, the book applies the theory of Construction 

Grammar to account for the felicity of imperatives 

in complex sentences. The model of description explains 

explicitly a wide range of phenomena, including frequency of 

use, prototypical vs. non-prototypical uses of the English imperative 

and the choice between longer vs. shorter directives 

including the imperative. This volume is intended for both 

researchers and students interested in the English imperative 

and Directive Speech Acts at large and for the linguists working 

within the Cognitive Linguistics and/or Construction 

Grammar approach. 

[Human Cognitive Processing, 35] 2012. xvii, 242 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 2389 0 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7476 2 eUR 90.00 / usd 

135.00 

135.00 

|| Cognition and language || English linguistics || Germanic 

linguistics || Japanese linguistics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics

space and time in languages and cultures 

Edited by Luna Filipović and Kasia M. Jaszczolt 

University of East Anglia / University of Cambridge 

Linguistic diversity 

This volume off ers novel insights into linguistic diversity 

in the domains of spatial and temporal reference, searching 

for uniformity amongst diversity. A number of authors 

discuss expression of dynamic spatial relations crosslinguistically 

in a vast range of typologically diff erent languages 

such as Bezhta, French, Hinuq, Italian, Japanese, 

Polish, Serbian, and Spanish, among others. The contributions 

on linguistic expression of time all shed new light on 

pertinent questions regarding this cognitive domain, such 

as the hotly debated relationship between cross-linguistic 

diff erences in talking about time and universal principles 

of utterance interpretation, modelling temporal inference 

through aspectual interactions, as well as the complexity 

of the acquisition of tense-aspect relations in a second 

language. 

The topic of space and time in language and culture is also 

represented, from a diff erent point of view, in the sister 

volume Space and Time in Languages and Cultures: Language, 

culture, and cognition (HCP 37) which discusses spatial and 

temporal constructs in human language, cognition, and 

culture in order to come closer to a better understanding 

of the interaction between shared and individual characteristics 

of language and culture that shape the way people 

interact with each other and exchange information about 

the spatio-temporal constructs that underlie their cognitive, 

social, and linguistic foundations. 

Contributions by: K. Allan; H.L. Chan, J. Finberg, W. Costello & 

Y. Shirai; H. Engemann, A. Harr & M. Hickmann; L. Filipović & 

K.M. Jaszczolt; D. Forker; D. Hoff mann; I. Ibarretxe-Antuñano 

& A. Hijazo-Gascón; K.M. Jaszczolt; W. Lewandowski; Z.P. Luk; 

D. Maillat; G. Marotta & L. Meini; A. ter Meulen; M. Mosca; 

Y. Nishi; I. Saddour; P. Svenonius; N. Vanek; I. Vidaković; 

K. Yoshioka & B. Hilberink-Schulpen; S. Zeman. 

[Human Cognitive Processing, 36] 2012. xv, 492 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 2390 6 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7361 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Cognition and language || Pragmatics || Semantics 


FoRtHCoM I nG 

frames and constructions in metaphoric language 

Karen Sullivan 

University of Queensland 

☞ 


“ This volume is a precious collection 

of twenty papers from the 2010 

Cambridge University Conference 

on Space and Time across Languages, 

Disciplines and Cultures. [...] Time and 

space are many-splendored things. So is 

this book. ” 

johan van der auwera, 

University of Antwerp 

“ This ambitious volume presents 

state-of-the-art work on how humans 

represent time and space in diff erent 

languages, and discusses this work 

from an explicitly interdisciplinary and 

empirically driven perspective. [...] Important 

theoretical debates are touched 

upon, including questions of linguistic 

relativity (“thinking for speaking”) 

and whether localism is the right way 

to go about grounding one domain 

in the other. Exciting alternatives are 

proposed in this regard, suggesting an 

epistemic foundation for temporality 

that is primordial and wholly independent 

of those well-known TIME 

IS SPACE metaphors in language and 

thought. I highly recommend this 

volume to any scholar with a special 

interest in the universal status of temporal 

and spatial experiences and their 

varying realizations across cultures. ” 

frank brisard, University of Antwerp 

Why does spiritual wealth refer to spiritual accomplishments, whereas blood-stained wealth indicates 

ill-gotten fi nancial wealth? Both phrases are metaphoric, yet they evoke metaphor in diff erent ways. 

Frames and Constructions in Metaphoric Language explains distinctions such as these in terms of constructional 

and frame semantics, which are argued to shape the linguistic expression of conceptual 

metaphor in language. Frames and Constructions expands and updates the categorization of metaphoric 

forms in A Grammar of Metaphor (Brooke-Rose, 1958) from the perspective of Cognitive Linguistics. 

Metaphoric language, it is argued, piggybacks on the same patterns of constructional meaning 

found in non-metaphoric language. Recognizing the shared semantic structure of metaphoric and 

non-metaphoric language allows recent fi ndings from Frame Semantics, Cognitive Grammar and 

Construction Grammar to be applied to the study of how conceptual metaphor surfaces in language. 

[Constructional Approaches to Language, 14] 2013. 



|| Cognition and language || Semantics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 

EEEEEEEE EEEEE EEEE 

EEEEEEE EEEE 

☞ 

Language, culture, and cognition 

This is an interdisciplinary volume that focuses on the 

central topic of the representation of events, namely 

cross-cultural diff erences in representing time and 

space, as well as various aspects of the conceptualisation 

of space and time. It brings together research on 

space and time from a variety of angles, both theoretical 

and methodological. Crossing boundaries between 

and among disciplines such as linguistics, psychology, 

philosophy, or anthropology forms a creative platform 

in a bold attempt to reveal the complex interaction of 

language, culture, and cognition in the context of human 

communication and interaction. 

The authors address the nature of spatial and temporal 

constructs from a number of perspectives, such as 

cultural specifi city in determining time intervals in an 

Amazonian culture, distinct temporalities in a specifi c 

Mongolian hunter community, Russian-specifi c conceptualisation 

of temporal relations, Seri and Yucatec 

frames of spatial reference, memory of events in space 

and time, and metaphorical meaning stemming from 

perception and spatial artefacts, to name but a few 

themes. 

The topic of space and time in language and culture is 

also represented, from a diff erent albeit related point 

of view, in the sister volume Space and Time in Languages 

and Cultures: Linguistic diversity (HCP 36) which focuses 

on the language-specifi c vis-à-vis universal aspects 

of linguistic representation of spatial and temporal 

reference. 

Contributions by: V. Apresjan; N. Asher & J. Hunter; 

J. Bohnemeyer & C. O’Meara; B. Charlier; G. Dro ˙ zd ˙ z; 

K. Fibigerová, M. Guidetti & L. Šulová; L. Filipović & 

S. Geva; L. Filipović & K.M. Jaszczolt; A. Gladkova; 

M. Huang; K.M. Jaszczolt & L. Filipović; M. Johansson Falck; 

R.W. Langacker; C. Priestley; J. Russell & J. Davies; 

V. da Silva Sinha, C. Sinha, W. Sampaio & J. Zinken; 

A.M. Wallington. 

[Human Cognitive Processing, 37] 2012. xiii, 363 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 2391 3 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7360 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 

|| Cognition and language || Pragmatics || Semantics 




endangered metaphors 

Edited by Anna Idström and Elisabeth Piirainen 

University of Helsinki / Steinfurt, Germany 

In cooperation with Tiber F.M. Falzett 

When the last speaker of a language dies, s/he takes to oblivion 

the memories, associations and the rich imagery this 

language community has once lived by. The cultural heritage 

encoded in conventional linguistic metaphors, handed 

down through generations, will be lost forever. This volume 

consists of fi fteen articles about metaphors in endangered 

languages, from Peru to Alaska, from India to Ghana. 

The empirical data demonstrate that the assumptions of 

contemporary cognitive linguistic theory about “universal” 

metaphors and the underlying cognitive processes are still 

far from plausible, since culture plays an important role in 

the formation of metaphors. Moreover, that theory has been 

based on knowledge of metaphors in some standard languages. 

Indigenous and other minority languages, especially 

mainly orally used ones, have been disregarded completely. 

Besides researchers and students in linguistics, especially 

in metaphor and fi gurative language theory, this compilation 

provides food for thought for scholars in large fi elds of 

cultural studies, ranging from anthropology and ethnology 

to folkloristics and philosophy. 

Contributions by: T.F.M. Falzett; K.J. Franklin; K. Granqvist; 

G.F. Hansford; I. Ibarretxe-Antuñano; A. Idström; A. Idström 

& E. Piirainen; S.v. Kleef & J.v. Kleef; M. Longmailai & L. Rabha; 

O. Lovick; E. Mihas; P. Mühlhäusler; C. Pasamonik; E. Piirainen; 

S. Rice; M.M.d.O. Vega. 

[Cognitive Linguistic Studies in Cultural Contexts, 2] 

2012. vi, 376 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0405 9 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7492 2 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 

|| Anthropological Linguistics || Cognition and language 

gesture and multimodal Development 

Edited by Jean-Marc Colletta and Michèle Guidetti 

Université Stendhal - Grenoble 3 / Université Toulouse 2 

We gesture while we talk and children use gestures prior to 

words to communicate during the fi rst year. Later, as words 

become the preferred form of communication, children continue 

to gesture to reinforce or extend the spoken messages 

or even to replace them. This volume, originally published as 

a Special Issue of Gesture 10:2/3 (2010), brings together studies 

from language acquisition and developmental psychology. 

It provides a review of common theoretical, methodological 

and empirical themes, and the contributions address topics 

such as gesture use in prelinguistic infants with a special and 

new focus on pointing, the relationship between gestures and 

lexical development in typically developing and deaf children 

and even how gesture can help to learn mathematics. All in 

all, it brings additional evidence on how gestures are related 

to language, communication and mind development. 

Contributions by: H. Cochet & J. Vauclair; L. Fais, J. Leibowich, 

L. Hamadani & L. Ohira; S. Gerofsky; A. Grimminger, K.J. Rohlfi ng 

& P. Stenneken; M. Guidetti & J. Colletta; A. Millet & I. Estève; 

A. Morgenstern, S. Caët, M. Collombel-Leroy, F. Limousin & 

M. Blondel; D. Puccini, M. Hassemer, D. Salomo & U. Liszkowski; 

N.d.V. Rader & P. Zukow-Goldring; C.D. Vallotton. 

[Benjamins Current Topics, 39] 2012. xii, 223 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0258 1 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7392 5 eUR 90.00 / usd 

135.00 

135.00 

|| Cognitive psychology || Gesture Studies || Language acquisition 

|| Signed languages 


☞ 

“ Endangered Metaphors off ers 

a fascinating collection of 

articles looking at metaphoric 

language in languages that 

are slowly vanishing from 

the world’s landscape. These 

chapters focus on many issues 

related to metaphor theory, 

including questions on the 

universality and cultural specifi 

city of conceptual metaphors, 

and topics associated with globalization 

in human languages 

and culture. The range of 

linguistic data explored is incredibly 

impressive [...]. Endangered 

Metaphors is a wonderful 

addition to the new book series 

on Cognitive Linguistic Studies 

in Cultural Contexts. ” 

Raymond w. gibbs, jr., 

University of California, Santa Cruz 

Developments in primate gesture 

Research 

Edited by Simone Pika and Katja Liebal 

Max Planck Institute for Ornithology / Freie Universität Berlin, 

University of Portsmouth & Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary 

Anthropology 

The book is a themed, mutually referenced collection of 

articles from a very high-powered set of authors based on 

the workshop on “Current developments in non-human 

primate gesture research”, which was held in July 2010 at the 

European University Viadrina, Frankfurt (Oder), Germany. 

The motivation for this book – following on from the motivation 

for the workshop series – was to present the state of 

the art in non-human primate gesture research with a special 

emphasis on its history, interdisciplinary perspectives, developments 

and future directions. This book provides, for the 

fi rst time in a single volume, the most recent work on comparative 

gestural signaling by many of the major scholars in 

the fi eld, such as W.D. Hopkins, D. Leavens, T. Racine, J. van 

Hooff , and S. Wilcox (in alphabetical order). 

Contributions by: C. Hobaiter & R.W. Byrne; J.A.R.A.M. van Hooff ; 

W.D. Hopkins, S. Pika, K. Liebal, A. Bania, A. Meguerditchian, 

M. Gardner & S.J. Schapiro; M.E. Laidre; D.A. Leavens; K. Liebal 

& S. Pika; P. Marentette & E. Nicoladis; M. Perlman, J.E. Tanner 

& B.J. King; S. Pika & K. Liebal; T.P. Racine; N.M. Scott & S. Pika; 

S. Tempelmann & K. Liebal; S. Wilcox; R. Wilkinson, I. Leudar & 

S. Pika. 

[Gesture Studies, 6] 2012. xiii, 256 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 2848 2 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7481 6 eUR 90.00 / usd 

135.00 

135.00 

|| Cognition and language || Evolution of language 

|| Gesture Studies 

experimental semiotics 

Studies on the emergence and evolution of human 

communication 

Edited by Bruno Galantucci and Simon Garrod 

Yeshiva University & Haskins Laboratories / University of Glasgow 

In the early twentieth century, Ferdinand de Saussure envisioned 

“a science which studies the role of signs as part of 

social life”. About a century later, a science has emerged that 

is very much in the spirit of that envisioned by de Saussure. 

Researchers who are developing this science, which has been 

labeled Experimental Semiotics, conduct controlled studies 

in which human adults develop novel communication systems 

or impose novel structure on systems provided to them. 

This volume off ers a primer to Experimental Semiotics 

and presents a set of studies conducted within this new 

discipline. The volume is an ideal text complement for an advanced 

graduate seminar and it will be of interest to anyone 

who wonders how humans assemble and develop new ways 

to communicate with one another. 

Originally published in Interaction Studies 11:1 (2010). 

Contributions by: H. Cornish; B. Galantucci & S. Garrod; B. Galantucci, 

C. Kroos & T. Rhodes; S. Garrod, N. Fay, S. Rogers, B. Walker & 

N. Swoboda; G. Roberts; J.P. de Ruiter, M.L. Noordzij, S. Newman- 

Norlund, R. Newman-Norlund, P. Hagoort, S.C. Levinson & I. Toni; 

T.C. Scott-Phillips; C.A. Theisen-White, J. Oberlander & S. Kirby. 

[Benjamins Current Topics, 45] 2012. v, 161 pp. 

128.00 

Hb 978 90 272 0264 2 eUR 85.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7369 7 eUR 85.00 / usd 128.00 

|| Communication Studies || Evolution of language 

|| Interaction Studies || Semiotics 

EEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEE EEEE

methodological and analytic frontiers in lexical Research 

Edited by Gary Libben, Gonia Jarema and Chris Westbury 

Brock University / Université de Montréal / University of Alberta 

The study of how words are represented and processed in the mind has served as a meeting ground for 

research in psychology, linguistics, and neuroscience. Right now, this domain of study is in the midst 

of astonishing developments. At the core of these developments are the methodological and analytic 

advancements that have enabled researchers to address new phenomena and to ask new questions. 

These new methodologies have also raised fundamental questions concerning the nature of words in 

the mind, the nature of language processing, and the ways in which data can be understood. 

This book provides a timely resource written by international leaders in methodological innovation. It 

off ers fundamental insights into how innovative methodological approaches advance lexical research. 

It also off ers the technical knowledge that is essential to that advancement, but which is rarely found 

in journal reports. This is a methodologically oriented volume designed to be informative, thought 

provoking, innovative, and perhaps also revolutionary. The contributions in this volume that originally 

appeared in The Mental Lexicon 5:3 (2010) and 6:1 (2011) are supplemented with several new chapters, 

as well as with a new and timely introduction. 

Contributions by: R.H. Baayen; R. Bertram; T. Dijkstra & S. Rekké; J.L. Elman; K.I. Forster; S.T. Gries; Z.M. Griffi n & 

J.C. Davison; E. Keuleers & M. Brysbaert; J.A. Meltzer; P. Monaghan, M.H. Christiansen, T.A. Farmer & S.A. Fitneva; 

J. Myers; J. Rueckl; D. Sandra; C. Shaoul & C. Westbury; B. Stemmer & J.F. Connolly; S. Wallot & G. Van Orden; 

C. Westbury; C. Westbury, G. Libben & G. Jarema; L.H. Wurm & A. Cano. 

[Benjamins Current Topics, 47] 2012. xii, 457 pp. + index 

143.00 

Hb 978 90 272 0266 6 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7332 1 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

|| Cognition and language || Lexicography || Psycholinguistics 


the shared mind 

Perspectives on intersubjectivity 

Edited by Jordan Zlatev, Timothy P. Racine, Chris Sinha and Esa Itkonen 

Lund University / Simon Fraser University / University of Turku 

The cognitive and language sciences are increasingly 

oriented towards the social dimension of human cognition 

and communication. The hitherto dominant approach in 

modern cognitive science has viewed “social cognition” 

through the prism of the traditional philosophical puzzle 

of how individuals solve the problem of understanding 

Other Minds. The Shared Mind challenges the conventional 

“theory of mind” approach, proposing that the human 

mind is fundamentally based on intersubjectivity: the 

sharing of aff ective, conative, intentional and cognitive 

states and processes between a plurality of subjects. The 

socially shared, intersubjective foundation of the human 

mind is manifest in the structure of early interaction and 

communication, imitation, gestural communication and 

the normative and argumentative nature of language. 

In this path breaking volume, leading researchers from 

psychology, linguistics, philosophy and primatology off er 

complementary perspectives on the role of intersubjectivity in the context of human development, 

comparative cognition and evolution, and language and linguistic theory. 

Contributions by: J. Barresi & C. Moore; I. Brinck; S. Gallagher & D.D. Hutto; R.P. Hobson & J.A. Hobson; 

D.D. Hutto; E. Itkonen; T. Janzen & B. Shaff er; D.A. Leavens, W.D. Hopkins & K.A. Bard; S. Pika; C. Rodríguez 

& C. Moro; C. Sinha & C. Rodríguez; N. Susswein & T.P. Racine; C. Trevarthen; A. Verhagen; J. Zlatev; J. Zlatev, 

T.P. Racine, C. Sinha & E. Itkonen. 

[Converging Evidence in Language and Communication Research, 12] 2008. xiii, 391 pp. 

eUR 99.00 / 

eUR 36.00 / 

eUR 99.00 / 

Hb 978 90 272 3900 6 usd 

Pb 978 90 272 3906 8 usd 

e-book 978 90 272 9101 1 usd 

149.00 

54.00 

149.00 


noW I n PAPeR BACK 

|| Cognition and language || Cognitive linguistics || Cognitive psychology 

|| Consciousness research || Evolution of language || Psycholinguistics 

“ This book addresses critical issues that arise as current 

conceptions of mind expand beyond internalist boundaries. 

Distinguished scholars in developmental psychology, 

linguistics and philosophy draw on the intellectual heritage 

of Husserl, Vygotsky, and Wittgenstein in exploring 

questions such as the nature of intersubjectivity, the 

biological and cultural bases of intersubjective thinking 

and acting and the role of language in mind sharing. 

They forge new ideas of how these beginnings eventuate 

in mature human intelligence and the fully social and 

cultural mentality of modern people. ” 

Katherine nelson, City University of New York, Author of 

Language in Cognitive Development: The Emergence of the Mediated 

Mind 

“ [...] this book is notable for compiling a multifaceted 

critique of Theory of Mind approaches while simultaneously 

advocating an alternative direction in the study of 

social cognition. ” 

seth Knox, Adrian College, Michigan, on linguist list, 

Vol.20.2243 (2009) 

“ The Shared Mind, without any structural reservations, 

enters gracefully the current climate of opinion 

which spreads dynamically across the world of Cognitive 

Linguistics, popularizing the view that the subject 

should be restored to his or her most natural habitat - the 

community. ” 

Karolina Krawczak, Adam Mickiewicz University, Poland, in 

language and cognition, Vol. 2:2 (2010) 


Language Typology 

Relative clauses in languages 

of the americas 

A typological overview 

Edited by Bernard Comrie 

and Zarina Estrada-Fernández 

Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology / 

University of Sonora 

Patterns of relative clause formation tend to vary according to 

the typological properties of a language. Highly polysynthetic 

languages tend to have fully nominalized relative clauses and no 

relative pronouns, while other typologically diverse languages 

tend to have relative clauses which are similar to main or 

independent clauses. Languages of the Americas, with their rich 

genetic diversity, have all been under the infl uence of European 

languages, whether Spanish, English or Portuguese, a situation 

that may be expected to have infl uenced their grammatical patterns. 

The present volume focuses on two tasks: The fi rst deals 

with the discussion of functional principles related to relative 

clause formation: diachrony and paths of grammaticalization, 

simplicity vs. complexity, and formalization of rules to capture 

semantic-syntactic correlations. The second provides a typological 

overview of relative clauses in nine diff erent languages going 

from north to south in the Americas. 

Contributions by: M.B. Carpio & M. Censabella; B. Comrie & 

Z. Estrada-Fernández; P. Epps; Z. Estrada-Fernández; T. Givón; 

A.&. González; L. Guerrero; R. Gutièrrez-Bravo; T. Kuteva & B. Comrie; 

S.A. Marlett; M. Mithun; D. Moore; T.J. Thornes; Jr., R.D. Van Valin & 

Jr., R.D. Van Valin. 

[Typological Studies in Language, 102] 2012. xiii, 307 pp. 

149.00 

Hb 978 90 272 0683 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7339 0 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

|| Historical linguistics || Languages of North America 

|| Languages of South America || Syntax || Typology 


“ This is a very useful volume, with chapters from diverse theoretical perspectives that are 

especially notable for their wealth of data, detailed and rigorous analyses, and careful attention 

to the typological implications of the materials. ” 

jane h. hill, The University of Arizona 

“ This book is undoubtedly a welcome and signifi cant contribution to the fi eld of relative 

clauses focusing on indigenous languages in the Americas. The cross-linguistic coverage of 

the volume provides valuable and fi rst-hand data for typological studies as well as for the 

knowledge of relative clauses of each language discussed in it. ” 

claudine chamoreau, 

CNRS (SEDYL-CELIA) 


☞ 

“ It is well written and 

clear; the survey of the 

fi eld is excellent; the 

evidence is abundant and 

is used well; the argumentation 

is clear and 

persuasive; and the fi ndings 

make very signifi cant 

original contributions to a 

broad and complex topic. 

This book will no doubt 

stand as the most signifi - 

cant study of the history of 

relative clauses for many 

years to come, by far the 

most defi nitive work in 

this area to date. ” 

lyle campbell 

“ This book will be 

regarded as a pioneering 

work in the area of 

diachronic syntactic typology. 

” 

cynthia allen 

“ This book provides a 

model of what kind of 

research is possible in the 

diachronic typology of 

syntax. ” 

harold Koch 

☞ 

Relative clauses in time and space 

A case study in the methods of diachronic typology 

Rachel Hendery 

The Australian National University 

This book presents a comprehensive survey of historically 

attested relative clause constructions from a diachronic typological 

perspective. Systematic integration of historical data 

and a typological approach demonstrates how typology and 

historical linguistics can each benefi t from attention to the 

other. The diachronic behaviour of relative clauses is mapped 

across a broad range of genetically and geographically diverse 

languages. Central to the discussion is the strength of evidence 

for what have previously been claimed to be ‘natural’ or even 

‘universal’ pathways of change. While many features of relative 

clause constructions are found to be remarkably stable 

over long periods of time, it is shown that language contact 

seems to be the crucial factor that does trigger change when it 

occurs. These results point to the importance of incorporating 

the eff ects of language contact into models of language change 

rather than viewing contact situations as exceptional. The 

fi ndings of this study have implications for the defi nition of 

relative clauses, their syntactic structures and the relationships 

between the diff erent ‘subtypes’ of this construction, as well as 

off ering new directions for the integration of typological and 

historical linguistic research. 

[Typological Studies in Language, 101] 2012. xii, 281 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0682 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7368 0 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 

|| Historical linguistics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 

|| Typology 

events of putting and taking 

A crosslinguistic perspective 

Edited by Anetta Kopecka and Bhuvana Narasimhan 

Laboratoire Dynamique Du Langage, UMR 5569 CNRS and University 

of Lyon / University of Colorado, Boulder 

Events of putting things in places, and removing them from 

places, are fundamental activities of human experience. But 

do speakers of diff erent languages construe such events in the 

same way when describing them? This volume investigates 

placement and removal event descriptions from 18 areally, 

genetically, and typologically diverse languages. Each chapter 

describes the lexical and grammatical means used to describe 

such events, and further investigates one of the following 

themes: syntax-semantics mappings, lexical semantics, and 

asymmetries in the encoding of placement versus removal 

events. The chapters demonstrate considerable crosslinguistic 

variation in the encoding of this domain, as well as commonalities, 

e.g. in the semantic distinctions that recur across languages, 

and in the asymmetric treatment of placement versus 

removal events. This volume provides a signifi cant contribution 

within the emerging fi eld of semantic typology, and will 

be of interest to researchers interested in the language-cognition 

interface, including linguists, psychologists, anthropologists, 

and philosophers. 

Contributions by: A. Andics; R. Berthele; P. Brown; N. Burenhult; J. Chen; 

A. Gaby; M. Gullberg & N. Burenhult; I. Ibarretxe-Antuñano; M. Ishibashi; 

A. Kopecka; S.C. Levinson; S.C. Levinson & P. Brown; B. Narasimhan; 

B. Narasimhan, A. Kopecka, M.F. Bowerman, M. Gullberg & A. Majid; 

N. Nouaouri; L. O’Connor; J.H. Petersen; C.J. Rapold. 

[Typological Studies in Language, 100] 2012. xv, 371 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0681 7 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7500 4 eUR 99.00 / usd 

|| Semantics || Typology 

149.00 

149.00

Language Typology 

neW teXtBooK • neW teXtBooK • neW teXtBooK • neW teXtBooK 

an introduction to linguistic typology 

Viveka Velupillai 

University of Giessen 

This clear and accessible introduction to linguistic typology 

covers all linguistic domains from phonology and morphology 

over parts-of-speech, the NP and the VP, to simple and 

complex clauses, pragmatics and language change. There is 

also a discussion on methodological issues in typology. This 

textbook is the fi rst introduction that consistently applies 

the fi ndings of the World Atlas of Language Structures, , systematically 

includes pidgin and creole languages and devotes 

a section to sign languages in each chapter. All chapters 

contain numerous illustrative examples and specifi c feature 

maps. Keywords and exercises help review the main topics 

of each chapter. Appendices provide macro data for all the 

languages cited in the book as well as a list of web sites of 

typological interest. An extensive glossary gives at-a-glance 

defi nitions of the terms used in the book. This introduction 

is designed for students of courses courses with a focus on language language 

diversity and typology, as well as typologically-oriented 

courses in morphology and syntax. The book will also serve 

as a guide for fi eld linguists. 

2012. xxii, 517 pp. 

eUR 99.00 / 

eUR 33.00 / 

eUR 99.00 / 

Hb 978 90 272 1198 9 usd 

Pb 978 90 272 1199 6 usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7350 5 usd 

|| Functional linguistics || Typology 

149.00 

49.95 

149.00 

argument structure and grammatical Relations 

A crosslinguistic typology 

Edited by Pirkko Suihkonen, Bernard Comrie and Valery Solovyev 

University of Helsinki / Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology & University of California, 

Santa Barbara / Kazan Federal University 

This book is a collection of articles dealing with various 

aspects of grammatical relations and argument structure in 

the languages of Europe and North and Central Asia (LEN- 

CA). Topics covered with respect to individual languages 

are: split-intransitivity (Basque), causativization (Agul), 

transitives and causatives (Korean and Japanese), aspectual 

domain and quantifi cation (Finnish and Udmurt), headmarking 

principles (Athabaskan languages), and pragmatics 

(Eastern Khanty and Xibe). Typology of argument-structure 

properties of ‘give’ (LENCA), typology of agreement systems, 

asymmetry in argument structure, typology of the Amdo 

Sprachbund, spatial realtors (Northeastern Turkic), core 

argument patterns (languages of Northern California), and 

typology of grammatical relations (LENCA) are the topics of 

articles based on cross-linguistic data. The broad empirical 

sweep and the fi ne-tuned theoretical analysis highlight the 

central role of argument structure and grammatical relations 

with respect to a plethora of linguistic phenomena. 

Contributions by: A. Alcázar; B. Comrie; G.G. Corbett; M.A. Daniel, 

T.A. Maisak & S.R. Merdanova; A. Filchenko; J.A. Hawkins; T. Jang 

& T.E. Payne; J.A. Janhunen; L. Johanson; A.A. Kibrik; H. Kim; 

M. Mithun; A. Siewierska & D. Bakker; P. Suihkonen. 


2012. xv, 406 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0593 3 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7471 7 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Semantics || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics || Typology 

neW 

teXtBooK 

“ This is an impressive piece of work which will be of great 

help not only for students but also for all of us who want to 

quickly brush up on basic issues in typology. ” 

prof. Dr. wolfgang schulze, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität 

München 

“ This is an excellent and useful piece of work, both from 

the point of view of an explorer of individual languages with 

an interest in how these fi t on the typological map and from 

the perspective of the advanced undergraduate/graduate 

student confronted with the fi eld of typology in depth for 

the fi rst time. This book should help substantially in fi lling 

the gap between a large online database and the general implications 

of such a database for a deeper understanding of 

the diversity of human languages. The structure of the work, 

following the outline of a typical grammatical description, 

makes it extremely accessible as a reference work. The inclusion 

of notes and extended commentary on sign languages is 

a most welcome addition. ” 

tim thornes, Boise State University 

“ Because of its scope, detail of presentation and inclusion 

of recent data, the work would be a most welcome addition 

to general publications on typology. […] The inclusion of 

sign language in the discussion is highly welcome. There 

is also an informative chapter on methodological issues in 

typology. ” 

frank lichtenberk, University of Auckland 

related journal 

studies in language 

International Journal sponsored by the 

Foundation “Foundations of Language” 

Edited by Balthasar Bickel and Ekkehard König 

University of Zurich / Free University Berlin, & Albert Ludwigs 

University, Freiburg 

Review Editor: Thomas E. Payne 

University of Oregon 

Studies in Language provides a forum for the discussion of issues 

in contemporary linguistics from discourse-pragmatic, 

functional, and typological perspectives. Areas of central 

concern are: discourse grammar; syntactic, morphological 

and semantic universals; pragmatics; grammaticalization 

and grammaticalization theory; and the description 

of problems in individual languages from a discoursepragmatic, 

functional, and typological perspective. Special 

emphasis is placed on works which contribute to the development 

of discourse-pragmatic, functional, and typological 

theory and which explore the application of empirical 

methodology to the analysis of grammar. 

issn: 0378-4177 (print) / 1569-9978 (electronic) 




Libraries and Institutions EUR 596.00 (PRINT + ONLINE) 


Private subscriptions EUR 95.00 (PRINT + ONLINE) 

|| Functional linguistics || Theoretical linguistics || Typology 


Pragmatics, Discourse & Dialogue 

Discourse markers in early modern english 

Ursula Lutzky 

Birmingham City University 

This volume provides new insights into the nature of the Early Modern 

English discourse markers marry, well and why through the analysis of 

three corpora (A Corpus of English Dialogues, 1560-1760, the Parsed Corpus 

of Early English Correspondence, and the Penn-Helsinki Parsed Corpus of 

Early Modern English). By combining both quantitative and qualitative 

approaches in the study of pragmatic markers, innovative fi ndings 

are reached about their distribution throughout the period 1500- 

1760, their attestation in diff erent speech-related text types as well as 

similarities and diff erences in their functions. Additionally, this work 

engages in a sociopragmatic study, based on the sociopragmatically 

annotated Drama Corpus of almost a quarter of a million words, to 

enhance our understanding about their use by characters of diff erent 

social status and gender. This volume therefore constitutes an essential 

piece of the puzzle in our attempt to gain a full picture of discourse 

marker use. 

[Pragmatics & Beyond New Series, 227] 2012. ix, 290 pp. + index 

143.00 

Hb 978 90 272 5632 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7328 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

|| Discourse studies || English linguistics || Germanic linguistics || Historical linguistics || Pragmatics 


“ Ursula Lutzky’s work perfectly fi ts into the still 

relatively new, but rapidly expanding, research 

fi elds of historical sociopragmatics and diachronic 

corpus linguistics, providing a systematic and 

innovative account of three English discourse 

markers. Quite aside from the valuable data collection 

and systematisation, the work off ers exhaustive 

accounts of the methodologies adopted 

and of the increasingly large body of literature 

in this fi eld. As a specialist in historical pragmatics, 

with an interest in the relatively elusive and 

classifi cation-defying behaviour of discourse 

markers, I am looking forward to having this 

book available in the library! ” 

gabriella mazzon, University of Innsbruck 


☞ 

“ This in-depth, scholarly treatment of several 

Early Modern discourse markers is unsurpassed. 

By incorporating social factors within its corpus 

method, it pushes forward the boundaries of 

both historical corpus linguistics and sociopragmatics. 

” 

jonathan culpeper, University of Lancaster 

“ Ursula Lutzky’s book on discourse markers 

in Early Modern English has an innovative approach 

as it uses a sociopragmatically annotated 

corpus as (part of) its data. The analysis works 

well and can serve as a model for other researchers. 

” 

irma taavitsainen, University of Helsinki 

contrastive media analysis 

Approaches to linguistic and cultural 

aspects of mass media communication 

Edited by Stefan Hauser 

and Martin Luginbühl 


The study of media, texts and culture(s) and 

especially the analysis of interdependent relationships 

between them has become a major concern 

in various academic fi elds, such as intercultural 

communication, contrastive textology, comparative 

cultural studies, historical and intercultural 

pragmatics. Starting from the observation that in 

contrastive studies of mass media communication 

not only the theoretical status of “culture” often 

remains unclear but also the interdependent relation 

between the theoretical conceptualization of 

“culture” and the methodological approach of text 

analysis, this volume brings together linguistic 

mass media studies with intercultural, diachronic, 

intermedia and interlingual perspectives. Apart 

from off ering new empirical insights into the fi eld, 

this volume’s aim is to advance and to broaden the 

methodological and theoretical discussions involved. 

Comparing such diverse formats and genres 

like newspapers, TV news shows, TV commercials, 

radio phone-ins, obituaries, fanzines and fi lm subtitles, 

the contributions of this volume illustrate 

the complexity of the growing fi eld of contrastive 

media analysis. 

Contributions by: R. Coesemans; M. Drescher; V. Gaballo; 

M. Guillot; S. Hauser; S. Hauser & M. Luginbühl; 

M. Luginbühl; S. Moore; B. Spillner; E.L. Wyss. 

[Pragmatics & Beyond New Series, 226] 

2012. vi, 243 pp. + index 

135.00 

Hb 978 90 272 5631 7 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7329 1 eUR 90.00 / usd 135.00 

|| Communication Studies || Discourse studies 

|| Pragmatics 


transforming national holidays 

Identity discourse in the West and South Slavic countries, 1985-2010 

Edited by Ljiljana Saric, Karen Gammelgaard and Kjetil Ra Hauge 

University of Oslo 

How do people construct collective identity during profound societal transformations? This volume 

examines the discursive construction of identity related to important national holidays in nine countries 

of Central Europe and the Balkans: Bosnia-Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, the Czech Republic, Macedonia, 

Montenegro, Poland, Serbia, and Slovakia. The chapters focus on the decades during which these 

countries moved from communism towards democracy and a market economy. This transition saw revivals 

of national values and a new signifi cance of regional and transnational ties, entangled with negotiations of 

national identity that have been particularly lively in discourse concerning national holidays. 

The chapters apply discourse analysis in addition to approaches from history, sociology, political science, 

and anthropology. All of the analyses make use of empirical material in the Slavic languages, including 

newspaper articles and other media contributions, sermons, addresses and speeches by members of the 

political elite, and interviews with participants in public commemorations. 

Contributions by: E. Batista; A. Bielicki; T. Ensink & C. Sauer; T.R. Felberg; K. Gammelgaard; K. Gammelgaard & L. ˇSarić; 

K.A. Grimstad; E. Hałas; K.R. Hauge; S. Mønnesland; V. Pavlaković; L. Saric; M. Soldić. 

[Discourse Approaches to Politics, Society and Culture, 47] 2012. xiii, 336 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 0638 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7297 3 eUR 99.00 / usd 

|| Discourse studies || Pragmatics 


149.00 

149.00

exploring argumentative contexts 


Edited by Frans H. van Eemeren and Bart Garssen 

University of Amsterdam 

In Exploring Argumentative Contexts Frans H. van Eemeren 

and Bart Garssen bring together a broad variety of essays 

examining argumentation as it occurs in seven communicative 

domains: the political context, the historical context, 

the legal context, the academic context, the medical context, 

the media context, and the fi nancial context. These essays 

are written by an international group of argumentation 

scholars, consisting of Corina Andone, Sarah Bigi, Robert 

T. Craig, Justin Eckstein, Frans H. van Eemeren, Norman 

Fairclough, Eveline Feteris, Gerd Fritz, Bart Garssen, Kara 

Gilbert, Thomas Gloning, G. Thomas Goodnight, Dale A. 

Herbeck, Darrin Hicks, Thomas Hollihan, Jos Hornikx, Isabela 

Fairclough, Gábor Kutrovátz, Maurizio Manzin, Davide 

Mazzi, Dima Mohammed, Rudi Palmieri, Angela G. Ray, 

Patricia Riley, Robert C. Rowland, Peter Schulz, Karen Tracy, 

and Gergana Zlatkova. 

Contributions by: C. Andone; S. Bigi; R.T. Craig; F.H. van Eemeren 

& B. Garssen; E.T. Feteris; G. Fritz & T. Gloning; G.T. Goodnight 

& K. Gilbert; D.A. Herbeck; D. Hicks & J. Eckstein; J. Hornikx; 

I. Fairclough & N. Fairclough; G. Kutrovátz; M. Manzin; D. Mazzi; 

D. Mohammed & P.J. Schulz; R. Palmieri; A.G. Ray; P. Riley & 

T.A. Hollihan; R.C. Rowland; K. Tracy; G. Zlatkova. 

[Argumentation in Context, 4] 2012. xx, 398 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1121 7 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7482 3 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Communication Studies || Discourse studies || Philosophy 

Quotatives 

Cross-linguistic and cross-disciplinary perspectives 

Edited by Isabelle Buchstaller 

and Ingrid van Alphen 

Leipzig University / University of Amsterdam 

Research on quotation has yielded a rich and diverse knowledge-base. 

Scientifi c interest has been sparked particularly 

by the recent emergence of new quotative forms in typologically 

related and unrelated languages (i.e. English be like, 

Hebrew kazé, Japanese mitai-na).The present collection gives 

a platform to research conducted within diff erent linguistic 

sub-disciplines and on the basis of a variety of Western 

and non-Western languages. The introduction presents an 

overview of forms and functions of old and new quotative 

constructions. The nine chapters investigate quotation 

from diff erent perspectives, from conversation analysis over 

grammaticalization and language variation and change to 

typological and formal approaches. 

The collection advocates a comprehensive approach to the 

phenomenon ‘quotation’, seeking a more nuanced knowledge-base 

as regards the linguistic properties, social uses and 

pragmatic functions than monolingual or single disciplinary 

approaches deliver. The cross-disciplinary nature and 

the wealth of data make the fi ndings broadly available and 

relevant. 

Contributions by: I. Buchstaller & I. van Alphen; P. Coppen & 

A. Foolen; S. Fox; A. Golato; T. Güldemann; I.K. Hasund, T. Opsahl 

& J. Svennevig; A. Herrmann & M. Steinbach; D. Oshima & S. Sano; 

S. Spronck; L. Vandelanotte. 

[Converging Evidence in Language and Communication 

Research, 15] 2012. xxx, 296 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 3905 1 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7479 3 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 

|| Discourse studies || Pragmatics || Syntax || Typology 

“ This collection of thoroughly 

researched papers highlights 

the importance of studying 

language in use. Against 

the backdrop of the current 

burgeoning of mundane media 

use, this investigation into the 

interplay between media and 

language in everyday life represents 

an important contribution 

to pragmatics in its widest 

sense. ” 

neal R. norrick, 

Universität des Saarlandes 

evaluating cognitive competences 

in interaction 

Edited by Gitte Rasmussen, C.E. Brouwer 

and Dennis Day 

University of Southern Denmark 

Evaluation is a part of everyday life. Competences, knowledge 

and skills are assessed in ordinary as well as in 

institutional settings like hospitals, clinics and schools. This 

volume investigates how evaluations are being carried out 

interactionally. More specifi cally, it explores how people 

evaluate each others’ cognitive competences as they deal with 

each others’ understandings, knowings, feelings, doings, 

hearings and learnings face-to-face. 

The contributions focus on diff erent evaluation activities 

in a variety of institutional settings in Denmark, Finland, 

Sweden, Holland and the United States of America. 

All the contributions approach the theme by use of Ethnomethodology 

(EM) and/or Conversation Analysis (CA). Thus, 

the analytic interests concern how participants organize 

activities of evaluating cognitive competences by means of 

recognizable interactional methods. This approach diff ers 

from other approaches and research interests within cognitive 

science as it concentrates on how people in interaction 

orient towards cognitive competence irrespective of scientifi 

c theories. 

Contributions by: C.E. Brouwer; D. Day & S. Kjaerbeck; T.W. Jensen; 

T. Koole; I. Koskela & I. Arminen; J. Mori & T. Koschmann; 

A. Månsson; G. Rasmussen; M. Simonen. 


2012. v, 234 pp. + index 

☞ 

135.00 

Hb 978 90 272 5630 0 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7333 8 eUR 90.00 / usd 135.00 

|| Cognition and language || Discourse studies || Pragmatics 


the appropriation of media 

in everyday life 

Edited by Ruth Ayaß and Cornelia Gerhardt 

University of Klagenfurt / Saarland University 

This volume contributes to the burgeoning fi eld of interactional 

linguistic media studies. It focuses on how people 

appropriate media in their daily lives. Thus here it is not 

the talk in the medium itself, but naturally occurring 

interactions in diff erent media reception situations that are 

analysed. The idea that media function like a hypodermic 

needle injecting messages into the masses has long been 

questioned. Still, the actual moment when people use media 

in their daily lives has largely been ignored in media studies. 

This book analyses the minutiae of the moment when 

people actively appropriate media for their own purposes 

in diff erent fashions. The reception communities analysed 

include families watching television, girls gossiping about 

a talent show, teenagers playing video games, a team of 

fi re-men implementing a new medium in their workplace, 

radio listeners´ phone ins and others. The languages studied 

comprise English, German, French, Swedish and Finnish. 

Contributions by: R. Ayass; H. Baldauf-Quilliatre; K. Beers-Fägersten; 

C. Gerhardt; S. Habscheid & J. Gerwinski; L. Mondada; A. Piirainen- 

Marsh; J. Spreckels; A.V. Tovares. 

[Pragmatics & Beyond New Series, 224] 2012. vii, 308 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5629 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7337 6 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 

|| Communication Studies || Pragmatics 




media intertextualities 

Edited by Mie Hiramoto 

National University of Singapore 

This collection of critical essays, originally published in 

Pragmatics and Society 1:2 (2010), discusses how normative 

biases that shape our relation to the world are constructed 

through discursive practice in media discourse. The intertextual 

perspective it adopts is crucial for our understanding 

of how media representations of speakers and languages 

shape many of our preconceptions of others. Mediatization 

is inherently intertextual; the very nature of this process involves 

extracting the speech behavior of particular speakers 

or groups from a highly specifi c context and refracting and 

reshaping it to be inserted in another stream of representation. 

The notion of intertextuality becomes a useful concept 

for the linguistic anthropological study of media discourse 

in the context of modernity, as it provides us with a tool 

for exploring the semiotic processes that underlie the way 

in which the media negotiate and reinscribe the complex 

relationships of identity that characterize late modern 

subjecthood. 

Contributions by: A. Agha; T. Furukawa; M. Hiramoto; M. Hiramoto & 

J.S. Park; M.M. Lazar; J.S. Park; A. Wahl. 


Hb 978 90 272 0256 7 eUR 80.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7457 1 eUR 80.00 / usd 


120.00 

120.00 

pragmaticizing understanding 

Studies for Jef Verschueren 

Edited by Michael Meeuwis and Jan-Ola Östman 

Ghent University / University of Helsinki 

The ideas that mark modern-day pragmatics are old, but 

did not start to get more systematically developed until the 

1960s and 1970s. Still, the very recognition of pragmatics as 

a self-standing academic discipline is a product of the 1980s, 

not least made possible by the establishment of the International 

Pragmatics Association. One scholar in particular has 

devoted his life both to IPrA and to the discipline. 

This volume pays homage to Jef Verschueren on the occasion 

of his 60th birthday. It celebrates him for his long-standing 

dedication as Secretary General of IPrA and for his scholarly 

contributions to the fi eld. We owe to Jef Verschueren the 

insight that the processes through which language users 

(do or do not) achieve understanding among each other 

in communication can only be fully comprehended if approached 

from a pragmatic perspective, i.e. if understanding 

is pragmaticized. 

The chapters in this book are written by scholars who, like 

Jef Verschueren, have played a key role in the genesis and 

development of the fi eld, and who still actively contribute to 

its advancement today. Each author looks back, evaluates the 

present, and takes on new challenges. 

Contributions by: C. Antaki; P. Auer; J. Cook-Gumperz & J.J. Gumperz; 

T.A. van Dijk; S.M. Ervin-Tripp; S. Ide; R.T. Lakoff ; M. Meeuwis & 

J. Östman; J.L. Mey; M. Sbisà; M. Silverstein; Y. Wilks. 

2012. vi, 230 pp. 

eUR 99.00 / 

eUR 33.00 / 

eUR 99.00 / 

Hb 978 90 272 1191 0 usd 

Pb 978 90 272 1192 7 usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7483 0 usd 


149.00 

49.95 

149.00 


☞ 

“ The notion of intertextuality, 

the subject of this new collection, 

has attracted considerable 

and growing attention 

worldwide from researchers in 

such diff erent fi elds as semiotics, 

communication sciences, 

linguistics, interlanguage studies, 

social governance, media 

humor and parody, conversation 

analysis, and not least 

the picturing media (like strip 

comics and televised parodies). 

The importance of Hiramoto’s 

volume lies in the way she has 

been able to motivate prominent 

workers in a variety of 

semiotic, educational, social-, 

publicity-, and media-related 

fi elds to share their research on 

a plethora of actual topics, such 

as the mediated ‘lifeworld’, 

members’ participation frameworks, 

hegemonic identities, 

public conduct, the question of 

(‘good’) English in non-L1 settings, 

and global ‘metastereotyping’ 

à la Hollywood. The entire 

volume is framed in what 

the editor has named ‘semiotic 

mediation’; its vagaries across 

time and space make this book 

obligatory reading for people 

working in pragmatics, media 

studies, public education, 

social governance, applied linguistics 

(especially as regards 

the acceptance/rejection of L2 

standards), interaction studies, 

and humor research. ” 

jacob mey, 


conversational storytelling among 

japanese women 

Conversational circumstances, social circumstances 

and tellability of stories 

Mariko Karatsu 

University of Arizona 

This book presents research fi ndings on the overall process 

of storytelling as a social event in Japanese everyday conversations 

focusing on the relationship between a story and 

surrounding talks, the social and cultural aspects of the 

participants, and the tellability of conversational stories. 

Focusing on the participants’ verbal and nonverbal behavior 

and their use of linguistic devices, the chapters describe how 

the participants display their orientation to the a) embeddedness 

of the story in the conversation, b) their views of 

past events, c) their knowledge about the story content and 

elements, and d) their social circumstances, and how these 

four elements are relevant for a story becoming worth telling 

and sharing. The book furthers the sociolinguistic analysis of 

conversational storytelling by describing how the participants’ 

concerns about social circumstances as members of a 

particular community, specifi cally their role relationships 

and interpersonal relationships with others, infl uence the 

shape of their storytelling. 

[Studies in Narrative, 16] 2012. viii, 217 pp. + index 

135.00 

Hb 978 90 272 2656 3 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7312 3 eUR 90.00 / usd 135.00 

|| Communication Studies || Discourse studies 

|| Japanese linguistics 


constraints in Discourse 3 

Representing and inferring discourse structure 

Edited by Anton Benz, Manfred Stede 

and Peter Kühnlein 

Centre for General Linguistics, Berlin / University of Potsdam / 

Free researcher 

The analysis of discourse is probably one of the most 

complex problems of linguistics. It can be approached 

from many diff erent directions, involving a large variety 

of diff erent methods. This volume unites psycholinguistic 

studies, investigations of logical and computational models 

of discourse, corpus studies, and linguistic case studies of 

language-specifi c devices. This variety of approaches refl ects 

the complexity of discourse production and understanding, 

and it also refl ects the necessity of understanding the complex 

interplay of diverse parameters which infl uence these 

processes. The growing importance of corpus-based and experimental 

approaches to discourse analysis is duly refl ected 

in this volume. Most of the chapters make use of them in one 

or the other form. This collection of articles grew out of the 

third installment of the Constraints in Discourse conferences, 

and will be of interest to researchers from linguistics, 

artifi cial intelligence, and cognitive science. 

Contributions by: A. Benz & M. Stede; I. Berzlanovich, M. Egg & 

G. Redeker; B. Claus; M. Irmer; K. Jasinskaja & A. Rossdeutscher; 

J. Jayez & M. Dargnat; R. Loock; M. Stede & K. Irsig; D. Zeyrek, 

Ü.D. Turan, I. Demirsahin & R. Çakici. 


2012. viii, 226 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 5628 7 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7338 3 eUR 95.00 / usd 



143.00 

143.00

neW BooK seR I es 

topics in humor Research 

Edited by Ephraim Nissan 

University of London 

Associate Editors 

Delia Chiaro, Marta Dynel, Giselinde Kuipers and 

Elda Weizman 

Università di Bologna / University of Lódz / 

University of Amsterdam / Bar-Ilan University 


pragmatic markers and 

pragmaticalization 

Lessons from false friends 

Edited by Peter Lauwers, Gudrun Vanderbauwhede 

and Stijn Verleyen 

Ghent University / University of Leuven / Research Foundation Flanders 

This volume brings together fi ve papers off ering cross-linguistic 

analyses of pragmatic markers involving modality, supplemented 

by three book reviews on the same topic. The contrastive 

method, based on monolingual or translation corpora, 

does not only provide interesting insights about diff erences 

with respect to the semantics and the formal encoding of semantics 

between cognate elements in diff erent languages, but 

also appears to be a very useful tool to refi ne the semantic analysis 

of markers within a given language. The reader will also 

discover among the results of the original empirical research 

collected in this volume insights that contribute to typological 

and theoretical issues surrounding pragmatic markers, such as 

the bottom-up identifi cation of cross-linguistic pragmatic or 

discourse functions, the establishment of semantic maps and 

the formulation of hypotheses about implicational hierarchies 

in the diachronic development of pragmatic markers on the 

basis of synchronic evidence, especially in the framework of 

grammaticalization/pragmaticalization theory. This volume 

was orginally published as a special issue of Languages in Contrast 

10:2 (2010). 

Contributions by: K. Beeching; M. Carretero; U. D’Hondt, A. Simon- 

Vandenbergen & D. Willems; B. Fagard; V. Hancock; P. Lauwers, 

G. Vanderbauwhede & S. Verleyen; D. Van Olmen; S. Schoonjans; 

T. Van Damme. 

[Benjamins Current Topics, 44] 2012. vi, 157 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 0263 5 eUR 85.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7370 3 eUR 85.00 / usd 



The series aims to publish high-quality research on a broad 

range of topics in humor studies, including irony and laughter. 

Topics include, but are not limited to, pragmatics, the 

sociology of humor, the psychology of humor, translation 

studies, literary studies, and studies of visual humor combining 

word and image. Since humor research encompasses a 

variety of disciplines, we welcome theoretical and methodological 

approaches from any of these disciplines, thereby 

including the humanities, as well as the social and cognitive 

sciences. Examples include, among others, philosophy, 

anthropology, cultural studies, linguistics, media and communication 

studies, psychology, neuroscience, and computer 

science. Mutual intelligibility of studies across these various 

domains is a goal to be pursued within the series. 

issn: 2212-8999 

128.00 

128.00 

|| Pragmatics || Translation Studies || Humor studies 

“ This is an exemplary 

cross-cultural genre study. It 

is thorough, both theoretically 

and methodologically, 

and the analysis of the data 

is both fi nely-grained and 

extensive. Anne Barron’s 

book is essential reading for 

anyone with an interest in 

this kind of study. ” 

brian paltridge, 

University of Sydney 

“ This study represents a 

very innovative discourse/ 

genre analytic approach to 

the study of public information 

messages from a crosscultural 

perspective. The 

study is likely to be of value 

to researchers, students and 

professionals in a range 

of fi elds concerned with 

communication, broadly 

defi ned. It is to be highly 

recommended. ” 

john flowerdew, 

City University of Hong Kong 

public information messages 

A contrastive genre analysis of state-citizen 

communication 

Anne Barron 

Leuphana University of Lüneburg 

☞ 

Public information messages are an important means of statecitizen 

communication in today’s societies. Using this genre, 

citizens are directed to “never ever drink and drive”, to “slow 

down” and to “learn to say no”. Yet, this book presents the 

fi rst in-depth analysis of public information messages from a 

linguistic perspective, and indeed also from a cross-cultural 

perspective. Specifi cally, the study, adopting genre analysis, 

contrasts a corpus of state-run national public information 

campaigns in Germany and Ireland. A taxonomy of moves 

is developed inductively and the interactional features of 

the genre are analysed and related to the context of use. The 

comprehensive discussion of theoretical and methodological 

issues, the in-depth analysis and the extensive bibliography 

make this book of interest to researchers and students in 

(contrastive) discourse analysis, (cross-cultural) pragmatics, 

contrastive rhetoric, advertising, social psychology, mass communication 

and media studies. Copy-writers will also profi t 

from the insights gained, particularly within the context of an 

increase in Europe-wide public information campaigns. 

[Pragmatics & Beyond New Series, 222] 2012. xix, 340 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5627 0 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7340 6 eUR 99.00 / usd 

Discourse and socio-political 

transformations in contemporary china 

Edited by Paul Chilton, Hailong Tian 

and Ruth Wodak 

Lancaster University / Tianjin University of Commerce 

China’s opening up to the West, its extraordinary economic 

rise, and the subsequent internal and global issues, are an 

object of huge interest and concern. Discourse and Socio-political 

Transformations in Contemporary China focuses on one aspect of 

the contemporary Chinese phenomenon, one that is so obvious 

that it is generally ignored in the mainstream academic 

departments – that politics, society and transformation are 

the product of myriad collective linguistic interchanges, some 

stabilized, some competing, some agonistic, some new and 

emerging. 

As an outcome of dialogue between Chinese and Western 

scholars, the present volume contains case studies that off er 

a survey of the discourse aspect of Chinese society in social 

stratifi cation, government service, policy consultancy, higher 

education, foreign policy, and TV. The conceptual refl ections 

on discourse and critique in diff erent cultures off er new considerations 

for discourse analysis, including critical discourse 

analysis, in the context of Chinese society today. 

This volume was originally published as a special issue of 

Journal of Language and Politics 9:4 (2010). 

Contributions by: Q. Cao; P. Chilton, H. Tian & R. Wodak; Y. Li; N. Sum; 

H. Tian; Z. You, J. Chen & Zhong-Hong,; Q. Zhang; P. Zhao. 

[Benjamins Current Topics, 42] 2012. ix, 151 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0261 1 eUR 80.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7378 9 eUR 80.00 / usd 

|| Discourse studies 


149.00 

149.00 

|| Communication Studies || Discourse studies || Pragmatics 

120.00 

120.00 



Dialogue in politics 

Edited by Lawrence N. Berlin and Anita Fetzer 

Northeastern Illinois University / University of Würzburg 

The volume considers politics as cooperative group action 

and takes the position that forms of government can be 

posited on a continuum with endpoints where governance 

is shared, and where hegemony dictates, ranging from 

politics as interaction to politics as imposition. Similarly, 

dialogue and dialogic action can be superimposed on the 

same continuum lying between truly collaborative where 

co-participants exchange ideas in a cooperative manner and 

dominated by an absolute position where dialogue proceeds 

along prescribed paths. The chapters address the continuum 

between these endpoints and present illuminating and 

persuasive analyses of dialogue in politics, covering motions 

of support, the relationship between politics and the press, 

interviews, debates, discussion forums and multimodal media 

analyses across diff erent discourse domains and diff erent 

cultural contexts from Africa to the Middle East, and from 

the United States to Europe. 

Contributions by: E.A. Anchimbe; L.N. Berlin; L.N. Berlin & A. Fetzer; 

P. Bull; G. Dalia; V. Dosev; I.A. El-Hussari; T. Ensink; L. Ionescu- 

Ruxandoiu; M. Johansson; V. Minow; C. Sauer. 

[Dialogue Studies, 18] 2012. vi, 285 pp. + index 

149.00 

Hb 978 90 272 1035 7 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7308 6 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

|| Communication Studies || Dialogue studies || Discourse studies 

|| Pragmatics 


(Re)presentations and Dialogue 

Edited by François Cooren and Alain Létourneau 

Université de Montréal / Université de Sherbrooke 

This edited volume proposes key contributions addressing 

the connections between two important themes: dialogue and 

representation. These connections were approached or interpreted 

in three possible ways: 1. Dialogue as representation, 

2. Normative perspectives on dialogue/representation issues, 

and 3. Representations of dialogue. The fi rst interpretation -- 

Dialogue as representation -- consists of exploring dialogue 

as an activity where many things, beings or voices can be made 

present, whether we think in terms of ideologies, cultures, 

situations, collectives, roles, etc. The second interpretation – 

Normative perspectives on dialogue/representation issues – 

leads scholars to explore questions of normativity, which are 

often associated with the notion of dialogue, when conceived 

as a morally stronger form of conversation. Finally, the third 

interpretation – Representations of dialogue – invites us to 

address methodological questions related to the representation 

of this type of conversation. Echoing Bakhtin, contributors 

were invited to explore the polyphonic, heteroglot, or 

dialogic character of any text, discourse or interaction. 

Contributions by: E.E. Calil de Oliveira; F. Cooren & A. Létourneau; 

R.T. Craig; L. Czerwionka; D. Douyère; D. Ducard; A. Faure; B. Fauré & 

N. Arnaud; E. Grillo; C. Ilie; K. Krippendorff ; K. Lima; A. Létourneau; 

M.R. Marchiori, M.L. Contani & P.M. Buzzanell; H.L. Muller; 

M.J. Ortega Máñez; W. Teubert; K. Tracy; E. Weigand. 

[Dialogue Studies, 16] 2012. xv, 341 pp. + index 

149.00 

Hb 978 90 272 1033 3 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7316 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 




professional communication across 

languages and cultures 

Edited by Stanca Măda and Răzvan Săftoiu 

Transilvania University of Brasov 

Professional Communication across Languages and Cultures aims 

at developing an integrative linguistic perspective on talk 

at work. Professional communication allows multi- and 

interdisciplinary explorations on how workplace relationships 

and mechanisms are infl uenced by the use of certain 

linguistic patterns. The book approaches the topic of 

professional communication from multiple levels, providing 

critical, valuable insights into the dynamics of creating and 

maintaining professional relationships at work. 

After outlining the theoretical and analytical frameworks, 

the eleven chapters uncover and develop integrative themes 

that emerge within the three parts of the book: Dialogue and 

identity in professional settings, Functions and strategies in professional 

communication and Specific issues in professional communication. 

Scholars and students who are interested in research based 

on authentic data and case studies of effi cient communication 

at work, as well as those teaching courses on interpersonal 

communication, discourse analysis, pragmatics and 

sociolinguistics will fi nd useful insights in this volume. 

Contributions by: J. Angouri & E. Angelidou; G. Chefneux; J. Clifton; 

L. Coposescu; M. Gheorghe & A. Velea; J. Holmes; S. Măda & R. Săftoiu; 

S. Măda; V. Manole; R. Săftoiu; O. Tatu & M. Arhire; E. Weigand. 

[Dialogue Studies, 17] 2012. vi, 280 pp. + index 

149.00 

Hb 978 90 272 1034 0 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7311 6 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 



spaces of polyphony 

Edited by Clara-Ubaldina Lorda 

and Patrick Zabalbeascoa 

Universitat Pompeu Fabra 

Spaces of Polyphony covers a lot of ground. It echoes the voices 

of researchers and their informants from many diff erent 

places and backgrounds. Among the variety of languages 

under study and methodological approaches there is also 

a common ground and narrative thread underpinning the 

polyphonic chorus of the contributors. From a shared starting 

point of discourse analysis and inspiration from Bakhtin, 

the various authors span from East to West, from Moscow to 

Texas, from Romania and Czech Republic to Mexico. They 

look into all ages, starting from early childhood, and many 

walks of life, ranging from casual chatting among relatives 

to parliamentary speeches and TV shows, including formal 

education, literary inner monologue and translation. Irony, 

humour and self-awareness are recurrent themes. The array 

of voices and dialogism studied in this book is such that it 

even includes the silent (silenced) voices of people forced to 

express their heritage by weaving their discourse. 

Contributions by: S. Čmejrková & J. Hoff mannová; J. Anaya; C. Baraldi; 

M. Christodoulidou; F. Coulouma; A. Ene; F. Farini; M. Havlik; 

C. Lorda & P. Zabalbeascoa; M.M. Magda; A. Morgenstern; 

E.A. Parpala; C. Popescu; B. Priego-Valverde; I. Riccioni & 

A. Zuczkowski; R.E. Sanders; R.E. Showstack; M. Sivenkova; D. Vlad. 

[Dialogue Studies, 15] 2012. vii, 299 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1032 6 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7358 1 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 


|| Pragmatics

literary community-making 

The dialogicality of English texts from the 

seventeenth century to the present 

Edited by Roger D. Sell 

Åbo Akademi University 


The writing and reading of so-called literary texts can be 

seen as processes which are genuinely communicational. 

They lead, that is to say, to the growth of communities 

within which individuals acknowledge not only each other’s 

similarities but diff erences as well. In this new book, Roger 

D. Sell and his colleagues apply the communicational 

perspective to the past four centuries of literary activity in 

English. Paying detailed attention to texts – both canonical 

and non-canonical – by Amelia Lanyer, Thomas Coryate, 

John Boys, Pope, Coleridge, Arnold, Kipling, William Plomer, 

Auden, Walter Macken, Robert Kroetsch, Rudy Wiebe and 

Lyn Hejinian, the book shows how the communicational 

issues of addressivity, commonality, dialogicality and ethics 

have arisen in widely diff erent historical contexts. At a 

metascholarly level, it suggests that the communicational 

criticism of literary texts has signifi cant cultural, social and 

political roles to play in the post-postmodern era of rampant 

globalization. 

Contributions by: J. Alarauhio; G. Bexar; A. Borch; J. Finch; 

A.W. Johnson; J. Korkka; I. Lindgren; R.D. Sell; E. Siltanen; L. Toker; 

H. Wilcox. 

[Dialogue Studies, 14] 2012. x, 263 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1031 9 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7417 5 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 

|| Dialogue studies || Discourse studies || English linguistics 

|| Theoretical literature & literary studies 

textual choices in Discourse 

A view from cognitive linguistics 

Edited by Barbara Dancygier, José Sanders and 

Lieven Vandelanotte 

University of British Columbia / Radboud University Nijmegen / 

University of Namur & University of Leuven 

In recent years, research in cognitive linguistics has expanded 

its interests to cover a variety of texts – spoken, written, or 

multimodal. Analytical tools such as conceptual metaphor, 

frame semantics, mental spaces and grammatical constructions 

have been productively applied in various discourse 

contexts. In this volume, originally published as a special 

issue of English Text Construction 3:2 (2010), the contributors, a 

mix of established and emerging authors in the fi eld, analyse 

broadcast and print journalism, argumentative scientifi c 

discourse, radio lectures on music, and the main literary 

genres (the poetry of Szymborska and bpNichol, the drama 

of Shakespeare, the modernist prose of Virginia Woolf and 

recent fi ction by John Banville). Collectively the fi ndings 

suggest a need to broaden and refi ne the cognitive linguistic 

repertoire, while also uncovering new ways to interpret textual 

data. The book will appeal to researchers and graduate 

students with interests in cognitive poetics and linguistics, 

stylistics, pragmatics and construction grammar. 

Contributions by: M. Borkent; B. Dancygier; B. Dancygier, J. Sanders 

& L. Vandelanotte; E. Górska; C.L. Moder; J. Sanders; E. Semino; 

V. Tobin; L. Vandelanotte. 


Hb 978 90 272 0259 8 eUR 85.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7386 4 eUR 85.00 / usd 

128.00 

128.00 

|| Cognitive linguistics || Discourse studies || English linguistics 


☞ 

“ For once a collection of essays 

fulfi lls the promise of its title! 

Collectively, the essays edited 

by Bax and Kádár make a major 

contribution to the understanding 

of a topic in which 

both linguists and historians 

have been showing increasing 

interest in the last few years. 

Ranging from prehistory to our 

own time and from England 

to China, the contributors go 

beyond the classic study of 

politeness by Brown and Levinson 

in their concern with both 

cultural variation and cultural 

change. ” 

peter burke, 

University of Cambridge 

“ This innovative volume 

provides a wealth of illuminating 

insights into how to apply 

cognitive linguistic theories 

to many diff erent discourse 

genres. The editors have strong 

reputations in this area and 

bring together an impressive 

array of articles from wellknown 

and emerging authors. 

This valuable collection is full 

of thought-provoking and 

challenging ideas, covering 

an exceptionally wide range 

of text types including poetry, 

drama, narrative, print and 

radio journalism, popular 

science, political writing and 

lectures. ” 

catherine emmott, 

University of Glasgow 

☞ 

understanding historical (im)politeness 

Relational linguistic practice over time 

and across cultures 

Edited by Marcel Bax and Dániel Z. Kádár 

University of Groningen / University of Huddersfi eld 

Exploring a largely uncharted territory of cultural history 

and linguistic ethnography, Understanding Historical (Im) 

Politeness off ers in-depth analyses and perceptive interpretations 

of the conveyance of social-relational meaning in times 

(long) past and across historical cultures. 

A collection of essays from the pens of authoritative historical 

(pragma)-linguistics researchers, the volume examines 

the forms and functions of historical (im)politeness, varying 

from single utterances and act sequences to fully-fl edged 

(im)polite speech encounters and genres, with a focus on 

their period- and culture-bound appraisal. What is more, the 

book sheds light on what is still very dimly seen: diachronic 

trends in ‘relational work’ and the cultural-societal factors 

behind patterns of sociopragmatic change. 

The volume reviews theoretical concepts, methods and analytical 

approaches to improve our present-day understanding 

of the historical understanding of relational practices of 

the distant as well as the more recent past. Since it includes 

newly established themes and positions and breaks new 

ground, this collection furthers considerably the fi eld of 

historical (im)politeness research. 

This volume was originally published as a special issue of 

Journal of Historical Pragmatics 12:1/2 (2011). 

Contributions by: M. Bax; M. Bax & D.Z. Kádár; J. Culpeper & 

J. Demmen; A.H. Jucker; C. Kerbrat-Orecchioni; T. Kohnen; V.A. Pakis; 

J. Rudanko; &. Ruhi & D.Z. Kádár; R.J. Watts; P. Withington. 

[Benjamins Current Topics, 41] 2012. vi, 281 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 0260 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7511 0 eUR 95.00 / usd 

|| Historical linguistics || Pragmatics 


Dialogue, science and academic writing 

Zohar Livnat 

Bar-Ilan University 

This book investigates the dialogic nature of research articles 

from the perspective of discourse analysis, based on theories 

of dialogicity. It proposes a theoretical and applied framework 

for the understanding and exploration of scientifi c 

dialogicity. 

Focusing on some dialogic components, among them 

citations, concession, inclusive we and interrogatives, a combined 

model of scientifi c dialogicity is proposed, that refl ects 

the place and role of various linguistic structures against the 

background of various theoretical approaches to dialogicity. 

Taking this combined model as a basis, the analysis demonstrates 

how scientifi c dialogicity is realized in an actual scientifi 

c dispute and how a scientifi c project is constructed step 

by step by means of a dialogue with its readers and discourse 

community. A number of diff erent patterns of scientifi c 

dialogicity are off ered, characterized by the diff erent levels of 

the polemic held with the research world and other specifi c 

researchers – from the “classic”, moderate and polite dialogicity 

to a direct and personal confrontation between scientists. 

[Dialogue Studies, 13] 2012. vi, 216 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1030 2 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7502 8 eUR 90.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 

135.00 

135.00 


|| Pragmatics 



investigations into the metacommunicative 

lexicon of english 

A contribution to historical pragmatics 

Edited by Ulrich Busse and Axel Hübler 

Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg / 

Friedrich Schiller University Jena 

The volume contributes to historical pragmatics an important 

chapter on what has so far not been paid adequate attention to, 

i.e. historical metapragmatics. More particularly, the collected 

papers apply a meta-communicative approach to historical 

texts by focusing on lexis that either directly or metaphorically 

identifi es or characterizes entire forms of communication or 

single acts and act sequences or minor units. Within the context 

of their use, such lexical expressions, in fact, provide a key for 

disclosing historical forms of communication; taken out of 

context, they build the meta-communicative lexicon. 

The articles follow three principal distinctions in that they 

investigate the meta-communicative profi le of genres, metacommunicative 

lexical sets and meta-communicative ethics and 

ideologies. They cover a broad spectrum of text types that span 

the entire history of the English language from Anglo-Saxon 

chronicles to computer-mediated communication. 

Contributions by: A. Brock; W. Bublitz; M. Dossena; S.M. Fitzmaurice; 

M. Gotti; T. Heyd; A. Hübler; A. Hübler & U. Busse; T. Kohnen; A. Simon- 

Vandenbergen & T. Defour; I. Taavitsainen & T. Hiltunen; J. Verschueren; 

R.J. Watts. 

[Pragmatics & Beyond New Series, 220] 2012. vii, 292 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5625 6 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7461 8 eUR 95.00 / usd 

advice in Discourse 

Edited by Holger Limberg and Miriam A. Locher 

University of Oldenburg / University of Basel 

This multi-faceted collection of research papers on Advice in 

Discourse focuses on advisory practices in diff erent contexts. 

Data is drawn from academic, educational and training settings, 

health-related practices, and computer-mediated communication. 

The languages involved are Cantonese, English, Finnish, 

Japanese, Spanish and Russian. The chapters treat professional 

and institutional practices, practices that contain peer interaction 

within an institutional framework, and non-institutional 

peer interaction, as well as solicited and non-solicited advice in 

written and spoken form. The work reported on clearly demonstrates 

the complexity of the advisory activity, which needs to be 

studied in its cultural framework and interactional context. The 

richness and diversity of this practice is studied from diff erent 

methodological angles, covering qualitative and quantitative as 

well as theoretical and empirical analyses. The volume provides 

a comprehensive introduction to the research fi eld, thought-provoking 

theoretical discussions and extensive references for future 

research. It is essential for linguists, advice-practitioners and for 

those who want to learn more about the discourse of advice. 

Contributions by: J. Angouri; A. DeCapua & J.F. Dunham; C. Diederich & 

N. Höhn; M. Emmison & A. Firth; J.C. Heritage & A. Lindström; K. Hyland 

& F. Hyland; M.A. Locher & H. Limberg; P.R. Morrow; M.E. Placencia; 

C. Pudlinski; S.M. Vehviläinen; B. Vine, J. Holmes & M. Marra; 

H.Z. Waring; A. Wierzbicka; O. Zayts & S. Schnurr. 

[Pragmatics & Beyond New Series, 221] 2012. ix, 376 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5626 3 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7393 2 eUR 99.00 / usd 


143.00 

143.00 


|| Historical linguistics || Pragmatics 

149.00 

149.00 


☞ 

“ Advice in Discourse is a 

groundbreaking book that 

demonstrates the importance 

of advice giving and receiving 

in our modern world, and 

it provides a broad range of 

approaches to its study. A mustread 

not only for discourse 

analysts, sociolinguists and 

speech act theorists but also for 

practitioners in all kinds of advisory 

contexts themselves. ” 

andreas h. jucker, 


letter writing in late modern europe 

Edited by Marina Dossena 

and Gabriella Del Lungo Camiciotti 

University of Bergamo / University of Florence 

In recent years there has been a renewed interest in 

correspondence both as a literary genre and as cultural 

practice, and several studies have appeared, mainly spanning 

the centuries between Early and Late Modern times. 

However, it is between the eighteenth and nineteenth 

centuries that the roots of contemporary usage begin 

to evolve, thanks to the circulation of new educational 

materials and more widespread schooling practices. 

In this volume, chapters representing diverse but complementary 

methodological approaches discuss linguistic 

and discursive practices of correspondence in Late Modern 

Europe, in order to off er material for the comparative, 

cross-linguistic analyses of patterns occurring in diff erent 

social contexts. 

The volume aims to provide a general and solid methodological 

structure for the study of largely untapped lan- 

guage material from a variety of comparable sources, and 

is expected to appeal to scholars and students interested 

in the linguistic history of epistolary writing practices, as 

well as to all those interested in the more more recent recent history of 

European languages. 

Contributions by: N. Brownlees; E. Chiavetta; 

G. Del Lungo Camiciotti; M. Dossena; M. Dossena 

& G. Del Lungo Camiciotti; S. Elspass; T. Fairman; 

L. Laitinen & T. Nordlund; R. Marquilhas; K. McCaff erty 

& C.P. Amador Moreno; R. McColl Millar; L.C. Mitchell; 

M.J. van der Wal, G. Rutten & T. Simons. 


2012. vii, 254 pp. pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5623 2 

Hb 978 90 272 5623 2 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7470 0 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 

|| Discourse studies || Historical linguistics || Pragmatics 

“ Letter Writing in Late Modern Europe is a landmark 

publication that crosses cultural and language boundaries 

in 18th- and 19th-century Europe. At the intersection 

of historical pragmatics and sociolinguistics, the 

volume captures the diversity of epistolary communication 

in all walks of life, ranging from private letters 

to commercial and diplomatic correspondence. The 

windows that it opens on changing cultural practices 

and language history are truly fascinating. ” 

terttu nevalainen, 

University of Helsinki 

“ Dossena’s long-standing expertise in the fi eld has enabled 

her to present this striking volume which thoroughly 

explores the tension between early standardization, 

ideology and everyday best writing practices 

as they transpired in ego-documents from the 17th 

through the 19th century. This collection of articles 

contains cutting-edge research on Late Modern English 

letter writing, complemented with the very best work 

from spearheading teams from other language communities. 

Any scholar working on ‘literacy from below’, 

ego-documents or historical correspondence will have 

to include the present volume as a key reference. ” 

prof. Dr. wim Vandenbussche, Vrije Universiteit Brussel 

☞

cohesive profi ling 

Meaning and interaction in personal weblogs 

Christian R. Hoff mann 

University of Augsburg 

Cohesive Profiling provides one of the fi rst linguistic 

descriptions of blog discourse, focusing on the cohesive 

relations which enable users to construe blogs as compatible 

meaningful wholes. With a corpus-based analysis of 

cohesive relations in personal blogs, the study surprisingly 

reveals that there is only limited cohesive rapport 

between the textual contributions of blog authors and 

readers. The book retraces blogs’ technological, linguistic 

and generic evolution and describes how today’s blog 

genres are structured and composed. Additionally, it is 

shown how cohesive interaction, shared knowledge and 

technological expertise converge in blog readers trying 

to keep track of blog topics, purposes and identities over 

time. The book is of interest to researchers in discourse 

analysis, corpus linguistics and pragmatics as well as to 

scholars working in the fi eld of computer-mediated communication. 


2012. xxi, 237 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5624 9 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7469 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 



FoRtHCoM I nG 

the pragmatics of political Discourse. Explorations across cultures 

Edited by Anita Fetzer 

University of Augsburg 

The volume promotes a pragmatic perspective to the analysis of political discourse as multilayered 

mediated discourse. The chapters cross the disciplinary and methodological boundaries of 

speech act theory, social positioning theory, and argumentation theory and rhetorics. 

[Pragmatics & Beyond New Series, 228] 2013. 




EEEEEEE EEEEE 

|| Discourse studies || Pragmatics || Sociolinguistics 

interlanguage Request modifi cation 

Edited by Maria Economidou-Kogetsidis and Helen Woodfi eld 

University of Nicosia / University of Bristol 

This is the fi rst edited volume dedicated specifi cally to interlanguage request modifi cation. It is 

a collection of empirical studies carried out by an international array of scholars which provides 

insights for researchers, graduate students and language teachers on patterns of interlanguage 

request modifi cation in a range of research contexts and linguistic/cultural settings. The research 

in this volume takes the reader from a consideration of interlanguage request modifi cation in 

naturally-occurring e-mail data, through to elicited data from e-DCT questionnaires on cyberconsultations, 

to the interactive oral discourse of requests in open role-plays. As a whole, the contributions 

incorporate research with learners from a range of profi ciency levels and from diverse 

linguistic/cultural backgrounds while the chapters individually examine developmental aspects 

of interlanguage request modifi cation, requests in electronic contexts, comparative learner/native 

speaker requests, and instructional eff ects on mitigation. 

Contributions by: M. Economidou-Kogetsidis; J.C. Félix-Brasdefer; E. Goy, D. Zeyrek & B. Otcu; T. Hassall; 

A. Martínez-Flor; P.C. Pan; M. Safont-Jordà & E. Alcon-Soler; H. Woodfi eld; H. Woodfi eld & M. Economidou- 

Kogetsidis. 


Hb 978 90 272 5622 5 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7472 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 

|| Language acquisition || Pragmatics 

143.00 

143.00 

143.00 

143.00 

neW journal 2013 

causality and connectives 

From Grice to relevance 

Valandis Bardzokas 

Aristotle University of Thessaloniki 

The book explores fi nely-grained distinctions in causal 

meaning, mostly from a relevance-theoretic perspective. To 

increase the challenge of this double task, i.e. a thorough as 

well as satisfactory account of cause and a detailed assessment 

of the theoretical model employed to this end, the current 

study involves an investigation carried out by way of contrasting 

the prototypical causal exponents of Modern Greek 

subordination, i.e. epeiδi and γiati. In addition, this objective 

is achieved in the methodological framework of contrasting 

a range of contextual applications of the two connectives 

against their translated versions in English, realizable by 

means of because. Despite fi rst impressions, a closer observation 

of the wide range of applications of these markers in 

the discourse of coherence relations illustrates divergences 

in their distribution, which, in turn, are taken to highlight 

diff ering aspects of causal interpretation. The proposal for the 

relevance-theoretic model emanates from a reaction to an array 

of problems undermining traditional tenets of pragmatic 

theory originating with Grice’s stance, but is also made in 

response to the common practice in pragmatic research (since 

its origin) to pay low regard for the contribution of typical 

causal markers to debates aiming at the determination of the 

distinction that has been instrumental to issues of cognition 

and pragmatic interpretation, i.e. propositional vs. non-propositional 

meaning. 

[Pragmatics & Beyond New Series, 216] 2012. xii, 206 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5621 8 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7501 1 eUR 90.00 / usd 

|| Pragmatics || Semantics 

journal of language aggression and confl ict 

Edited by Istvan Kecskes and Pilar Garcés Blitvich 

State University of New York, Albany / UNC Charlotte 

The goal of the journal is to create a unique outlet for cutting 

edge research, and has a format, content and structure 

that refl ect the rapidly growing interest in studies 

that focus on the language of aggression and confl ict. The 

special focus on language use derives from the assumption 

that although aggression and confl ict may manifest 

themselves through other means, they are fundamentally 

realized through language. Therefore, a thorough understanding 

of confl ict and aggression needs to be anchored 

in an analysis of discourse. 

The journal intends to be a forum for researchers who 

are interested in new tools and methods to investigate 

and better understand the language of aggression and 

confl ict. Thus, JLAC is multidisciplinary in nature and 

encourages, supports and facilitates interaction and 

scholarly debate among researchers representing different 

fi elds including, but not limited to, linguistics, 

communication, psychology, anthropology, bi- and multilingualism, 

business management, second language 

acquisition, gender studies, etc. 


|| Communication Studies || Discourse studies || Pragmatics 

135.00 

135.00 










aff ectivity in interaction 

Sound objects in English 

Elisabeth Reber 

University of Würzburg 

How do participants display aff ectivity in social interaction? Based on recordings 

of authentic everyday conversations and radio phone-ins, this study off ers 

a fi ne-grained analysis of how recipients of aff ect-laden informings deploy 

sound objects, i.e. interjections (oh, ooh and ah) and paralinguistic signals 

(whistle and clicks), for responsive displays of aff ectivity. Examining the use of 

such sound objects across a number of interactional activities including news 

telling, troubles talk, complaining, assessments and repair, the study provides 

evidence that the sound pattern and sequential placement of sound objects 

systematically contribute to their specifi c meaning-making in interaction, 

i.e. the management of sequence organisation and interactional relevancies 

(e.g. affi liation). Presenting an in-depth analysis of a little researched area of 

language use from an interactional linguistic perspective, the book will be of 

theoretical and methodological interest to an audience with a background in 

linguistics, sociology and conversational studies. 


Hb 978 90 272 5620 1 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 8165 4 eUR 90.00 / usd 

135.00 

135.00 

|| English linguistics || Germanic linguistics || Pragmatics 

InCreaSed FreQuenCY - eXPanded SIZe ! 

pragmatics and society 

Editor-in-Chief: Jacob L. Mey 


Editors: Hartmut Haberland, Hermine Penz 

and Hans J. Ladegaard 

Roskilde University / University of Graz / Hong Kong Baptist University 

Review Editor: Hans J. Ladegaard 

Hong Kong Baptist University 

Pragmatics and Society puts the spotlight on societal aspects of language use, 

while incorporating many other facets of society-oriented pragmatic studies. 

It brings together a variety of approaches to the study of language in 

context, inspired by diff erent research perspectives and drawing on various 

disciplines, for instance, sociology, psychology, developmental and cognitive 

science, anthropology, media research, and computer-related social studies. 

It is concerned with how language use and social normativity infl uence and 

shape each other, for instance, in education (the teaching and acquisition 

of fi rst and second languages), in political discourse (with its manipulative 

language use), in the discourse of business, and in all kinds of discriminatory 

uses of language (gender- and class-based or other). Finally, it pays special 

attention to the impact that technologically mediated communication and 

increased immersion in technology have on social interaction, as well as to 

the emancipatory potential of pragmatics. 









|| Sociolinguistics and dialectology || Discourse studies || Pragmatics 


handbook of pragmatics 

Edited by Jan-Ola Östman 

and Jef Verschueren 

University of Helsinki / University of Antwerp 

In collaboration with Eline Versluys 

This encyclopaedia of one of the major fi elds of language 

studies is a a continuously continuously updated source of 

state-of-the-art information for anyone interested 

in language use, using the authoritative Handbook of Pragmatics as a basis 

(edited by the IPrA Research Center since 1995). 

It provides easy access for scholars with widely widely divergent backgrounds but 

with convergent interests in in the use and functioning functioning of language language to the 

diff erent topics, traditions and and methods methods which which together make make up the fi eld of 

Pragmatics, broadly conceived as as “the cognitive, social and cultural study of 

language and communication”. 

communication”. 

The Handbook is being expanded and revised annually, annually, both in print and 

online. Future versions will will add new records and will include include updates, 

rewritings and extensive revisions of already already existing records. records. 

The Handbook of Pragmatics Online 

is available from www.benjamins.com/ 

online as well as a free free 90-day trial. trial. The The Handbook is also available in combination 

with the Bibliography of Pragmatics Online 

at a discounted rate, 

see page 5 for more more information. 

handbook of pragmatics 

Manual 

1995. xiv, 658 pp. 

Hb/ 978 1 55619 503 7 usd 345.00 

1995, 1996 & & 1997 Installments 

2000. 907 pp. loose leaf (incl. bindeR) 

978 90 272 2570 2 eUR 337.00 / / 978 1 55619 660 7 usd 506.00 

1998, 1999 & 2000 Installments 


978 90 272 2587 0 eUR 345.00 / / 978 1 58811 171 5 usd 518.00 

2001 & 2002 Installments 


978 90 272 2603 7 eUR 250.00 / / 978 1 58811 411 2 usd 375.00 

2003-2005 & 2006 Installments 


978 90 272 3238 0 eUR 250.00 / / usd 375.00 

2007, 2008 & 2009 Installments 


978 90 272 3320 2 usd 518.00 

2010-2011 Installment Installment 


978 90 272 3323 3 usd 330.00 

2012 Installment 

2012. ca. 220 pp. loose leaf (incl. bindeR) 

978 90 272 3325 7 usd 165.00 

special offeR! 

30% Discount for a complete set order 

(Manual + Installments 1995–2012). 

For more information: 

bookorder@benjamins.nl

pragmatic Variation in first 

and second language contexts 

Methodological issues 

Edited by J. César Félix-Brasdefer and Dale A. Koike 

Indiana University, USA / University of Texas at Austin, USA 

Departing from Schneider and Barron (2008), representing 

the emerging fi eld of Variational Pragmatics, this 

volume examines pragmatic variation focusing on methods 

utilized to collect and analyze data in a variety of fi rst (L1) 

and second (L2) language contexts. The objectives are to: (1) 

examine variation in such areas of pragmatics as speech acts, 

conventional expressions, metapragmatics, stance, frames, 

mitigation, communicative action, (im)politeness, and 

implicature; and (2) critically review central methodological 

concerns relevant for research in pragmatic variation, such as 

coding, ethical issues, qualitative and quantitative methods, 

and individual variation. Theoretical frameworks vary from 

variationist and interactional sociolinguistics, to variational 

pragmatics. This collection contains eleven chapters by 

leading scholars, including two state-of-the art chapters 

on key methodological issues of pragmatic variation study. 

Given the theoretical perspectives, methodological focus, 

and analyses, the book will be of interest to those who study 

pragmatics, discourse analysis, second language acquisition, 

sociolinguistics, corpus linguistics, and language variation. 

Contributions by: K. Bardovi-Harlig; C. Blyth; A.D. Cohen; 

R.A.v. Compernolle & L. Williams; N. Flores-Ferrán; J.C. Félix- 

Brasdefer; J.C. Félix-Brasdefer & D.A. Koike; D.A. Koike; D.A. Koike & 

J.C. Félix-Brasdefer; M. Terkourafi ; H. Woodfi eld; W. Zhu & D. Boxer. 

[IMPACT: Studies in Language and Society, 31] 

2012. x, 338 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1872 8 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7327 7 eUR 99.00 / usd 

|| Language acquisition || Pragmatics 



149.00 

149.00 

“ Drawing on an impressive array of research methods, 

the 12 experts in this remarkable book push the fi elds of 

Pragmatics and Sociolinguistics in directions both qualitative 

and quantitative. How? In Pragmatics, the speaker 

is often depicted as fully rational yet living in an asocial 

world where the only tasks of communication are cognitive. 

Speakers deliberately select from sets of linguistic 

resources, obeying perceived discourse and listener-based 

constraints so as to best produce intended responses in the 

listener. If deliberate, no statistical variation should occur. 

Also, the listener as active socially-situated participant 

in negotiations of meaning is only vaguely present. Two 

issues emerge: the social listener as meaning maker and 

variation either of diff erent forms to create similar meanings 

or of diff ering meanings mapped to similar forms. By 

pushing in these directions, the researchers here creatively 

push the envelope not only of Pragmatics but also of Variationist 

Sociolinguistics. ” 

Richard cameron, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA 

☞ 

☞ 

“ Recent years have seen an upsurge 

of interest in pragmatic 

variation in the fi rst language 

setting. This volume very admiringly 

furthers the empirical 

basis and the theoretical and 

methodological discussion 

on this setting, while also 

taking up the investigation 

of pragmatic variation in the 

second language context. 

Taken together, the book off ers 

many new and captivating 

insights, thoughts and ideas 

on pragmatic variation. It is 

a must-read for pragmatists, 

sociolinguists and second language 

researchers researching 

in the area. ” 

anne barron, 

Leuphana University Lüneburg 

Applied Linguistics 

multilingualism 

Larissa Aronin 

and David Singleton 

Trinity College Dublin and Oranim Academic 

College of Education, Israel 

This book is an authoritative account of multilingualism 

in the present era, a phenomenon aff ecting a vast number 

of communities, thousands of languages and millions of 

language users. The book’s focus is specifi cally on the knowledge 

and use of multiple languages, but its treatment of the 

topic is very wide-ranging. It deals with both bilingualism 

and polyglottism, at the level of the individual speaker as 

well as at the societal level. The volume addresses not only 

linguistic facets of multilingualism but also multilingualism’s 

cultural, sociological, educational, and psychological 

dimensions, moving from classic perspectives to recent 

and emerging directions of interest. The book’s extensive 

coverage takes in topics ranging from the ‘new linguistic 

dispensation’ in our globalized world to child development 

in multilingual environments, from the classifi cation of 

multilingual groupings to characteristics of the multilingual 

mind. This breadth makes Multilingualism an ideal advanced 

textbook for undergraduate and postgraduate students in 

the areas of linguistics, education and the social sciences. 


2012. ix, 230 pp. 

eUR 99.00 / 

eUR 33.00 / 

eUR 99.00 / 

Hb 978 90 272 1870 4 usd 

Pb 978 90 272 1871 1 usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7498 4 usd 

149.00 

49.95 

149.00 

|| Bilingualism || Language acquisition 


FoRtHCoM I nG 

linguistic communication and 

identity construction 

The dynamics of Cameroon’s multilingualism 

Eric A. Anchimbe 

University of Bayreuth 

The (dis)empowerment of languages through language 

policy in multilingual postcolonial communities often 

shapes speakers’ identifi cation with these languages, their 

attitude towards other languages in the community, and 

their choices in interpersonal and intergroup communication. 

Focusing on the dynamics of Cameroon’s multilingualism, 

this book contributes to current debates on the 

impact of politic language policy on daily language use 

in sociocultural and interpersonal interactions, multiple 

identity construction, indigenous language teaching and 

empowerment, the use of Cameroon Pidgin English in 

certain formal institutional domains initially dominated 

by the offi cial languages, and linguistic patterns of social 

interaction for politeness, respect, and in-group bonding. 

Due to the multiple perspectives adopted, the book will be 

of interest to sociolinguists, applied linguists, pragmaticians, 

Afrikanists, and scholars of postcolonial linguistics. 

[IMPACT: Studies in Language and Society, 32] 2013. 



|| Bilingualism || Language policy 


EEEEEEEE EEEEEEEE EEEEEEE EEEE EEEE 

C oU Rse 

BooK 



Dimensions of l2 

performance and rofi ciency 

Complexity, Accuracy and Fluency 

in SLA 

Edited by Alex Housen, Folkert Kuiken 

and Ineke Vedder 

University of Brussels / University of Amsterdam 

Research into complexity, accuracy and fl uency (CAF) as basic 

dimensions of second language performance, profi ciency 

and development has received increased attention in SLA. 

However, the larger picture in this fi eld of research is often 

obscured by the breadth of scope, multiple objectives and 

lack of clarity as to how complexity, accuracy and fl uency 

should be defi ned, operationalized and measured. The present 

volume showcases current research on CAF by bringing 

together eleven contributions from renowned international 

researchers in the fi eld. These contributions not only add to 

the body of empirical knowledge about L2 use and L2 development 

by bringing new research fi ndings to light but they 

also address fundamental theoretical and methodological 

issues by responding to questions about the nature, manifestation, 

development and assessment of CAF as multifaceted 

constructs. Collectively, the chapters in this book illustrate 

the converging and sometimes diverging approaches that 

diff erent disciplines bring to CAF research. 

Contributions by: B. Bulté & A. Housen; S. Ferraris; P. Foster & P. Skehan; 

C. Gunnarsson; A. Housen, F. Kuiken & I. Vedder; N. de Jong, 

M.P. Steinel, A. Florijn, R. Schoonen & J.H. Hulstijn; F. Kuiken & 

I. Vedder; M. Levkina & R. Gilabert; F. Myles; A.P. Tonkyn; R.J. Towell; 

M. Ågren, J. Granfeldt & S. Schlyter. 

[Language Learning & Language Teaching, 32] 

2012. xii, 290 pp.+ index 

149.00 

Hb 978 90 272 1305 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 

Pb 978 90 272 1306 8 eUR 36.00 / usd 54.00 

e-book 978 90 272 7326 0 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

|| Applied linguistics || Language acquisition || Language teaching 


euRosla yearbook. Volume 12 (2012) 

Edited by Leah Roberts, Christina Lindqvist, 

Camilla Bardel and Niclas Abrahamsson 

University of York / Uppsala University / Stockholm University 

The annual conference of the European Second Language 

Association provides an opportunity for the presentation 

of second language research with a genuinely European 

fl avour. The theoretical perspectives adopted are wide-ranging 

and may fall within traditions overlooked elsewhere. 

Moreover, the studies presented are largely multi-lingual 

and cross-cultural, as befi ts the make-up of modern-day 

Europe. At the same time, the work demonstrates sophisticated 

awareness of scholarly insights from around the world. 

The EUROSLA yearbook presents a selection each year of the 

very best research from the annual conference. Submissions 

are reviewed and professionally edited, and only those of the 

highest quality are selected. Contributions are in English. 

Contributions by: C. Brien & L.L. Sabourin; P. Giuliano; M. Howard; 

M.C. Michel, F. Kuiken & I. Vedder; S.A. Montrul; K. O ˙ zańska- 

Ponikwia & J. Dewaele; W. Ren; E. Schoonjans. 

2012. viii, 217 pp. 

Pb 978 90 272 0006 8 eUR 118.00 / usd 

177.00 

CoU Rse 

BooK 

|| Applied linguistics || Bilingualism || Language acquisition 

|| Language teaching 

For subscription information (including electronic access) please 

refer to www.benjamins.com. 


“ Swan (2005) claimed that 

task-based instruction was 

not suited to ‘acquisitionpoor 

environments’ by 

which he meant foreign 

language contexts where 

there are limited opportunities 

for using the L2 outside 

the classroom. I have always 

argued that task-based 

instruction is, in fact, more 

relevant to such contexts in 

order to ensure that learners 

have opportunities to experience 

the L2 under realoperating 

conditions. Thus, 

I especially welcome this 

book which focuses on research 

that has investigated 

the design and implementation 

of tasks for foreign 

language learners. ” 

Rod ellis, 

The University of Auckland 

“ The book, even though 

reporting on the fi ndings of 

a study conducted in New 

Zealand, is an important 

contribution to literature 

on task-based language pedagogy 

world-wide. It is most 

appropriate for language 

teachers as well as students 

of language teaching, curriculum 

developers, teacher 

trainers, researchers in the 

fi eld of language teaching 

and learning and generally 

all those who are interested 

in TBLT. ” 

elis Kakoulli constantinou, 

Language Centre, Cyprus 

University of Technology, on 

linguist list 23.3510, 2012 

task-based language 

teaching in foreign language 

contexts 

Research and implementation 

☞ 

task-based language 

teaching from the teachers’ 

perspective 

Insights from New Zealand 

Martin East 

The University of Auckland 

Task-based language teaching (TBLT) is being encouraged as 

part of a major overhaul of the entire school languages curriculum 

in New Zealand. However, teachers often struggle with 

understanding what TBLT is, and how to make TBLT work 

in classrooms. Using the stories that emerged from a series of 

interviews with teachers (the curriculum implementers) and 

with advisors (the curriculum leaders), this book highlights the 

possibilities for TBLT innovation in schools. It also identifi es the 

constraints, and proposes how these might be addressed. The 

result is a book that, whilst rooted in a particular local context, 

provides a valuable sourcebook of teacher stories that have 

relevance for a wide range of people working in a diverse range 

of contexts. This book will be of genuine interest to all those 

who wish to understand more about TBLT innovation, and the 

opportunities and challenges it brings. 

[Task-Based Language Teaching, 3] 2012. xix, 259 pp. 

eUR 99.00 / 

eUR 33.00 / 

eUR 99.00 / 

Hb 978 90 272 0721 0 usd 

Pb 978 90 272 0722 7 usd 

e-book 978 90 272 8182 1 usd 

149.00 

49.95 

149.00 


Edited by Ali Shehadeh and Christine A. Coombe 

UAE University / Dubai Men’s College 

This volume extends the Task-Based Language Teaching: Issues, 

Research and Practice books series by deliberately exploring 

the potential of task-based language teaching (TBLT) in a range 

of EFL contexts. It is specifi cally devoted to providing empirical 

accounts about how TBLT practice is being developed and 

researched in diverse educational contexts, particularly where 

English is not the dominant language. By including contributions 

from settings as varied as Japan, China, Korea, Venezuela, 

Turkey, Spain, and France, this collection of 13 studies provides 

strong indications that the research and implementation of 

TBLT in EFL settings is both on the rise and interestingly diverse, 

not least because it must respond to the distinct contexts, 

constraints, and possibilities of foreign language learning. 

The book will be of interest to SLA researchers and students in 

applied linguistics and TESOL. It will also be of value to course 

designers and language teachers who come from a broad range 

of formal and informal educational settings encompassing a 

wide range of ages and types of language learners. 

Contributions by: D. Carless; C. Chacón; S.P. Chan; Z.S. Genc; J. Hobbs; 

Y. Horiba & K. Fukaya; N. Iwashita & H. Li; D.O. Jackson; A. Malicka 

& M. Levkina; J. McAllister, M. Narcy-Combes & R. Starkey-Perret; 

P.J. Moore; M. Park; T. Pica; S. Sasayama & S. Izumi; A. Shehadeh; 

C. Weaver. 

[Task-Based Language Teaching, 4] 

2012. xv, 362 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 0723 4 eUR 99.00 / usd 

Pb 978 90 272 0724 1 eUR 33.00 / usd 49.95 

e-book 978 90 272 7342 0 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 



☞ 

149.00 

C oU Rse 

BooK 

C oU Rse 

BooK

multilingual individuals 

and multilingual societies 

Edited by Kurt Braunmüller and Christoph Gabriel 

Hamburg University 

The 25 contributions of this volume represent a selection from 

the more than 120 papers originally presented at the International 

Conference on “Multilingual Individuals and Multilingual 

Societies” (MIMS), held in Hamburg (October 2010) and 

organized by the Collaborative Research Center “Multilingualism” 

after twelve years of successful research. It presents 

a panorama of contemporary research in multilingualism 

covering three fi elds of investigation: (1) the simultaneous and 

successive acquisition of more than one language, including 

language attrition in multilingual settings, (2) historical 

aspects of multilingualism and variance, and (3) multilingual 

communication. The papers cover a vast variety of linguistic 

phenomena including morphology, syntax, segmental and 

prosodic phonology as well as discourse production and 

language use, taking both individual and societal aspects 

of multilingualism into account. The languages addressed 

include numerous Romance, Slavic and Germanic varieties as 

well as Welsh, Hungarian, Turkish, and several South African 

autochthonous languages. 

Contributions by: A. ˙ Zaba & C. Lleó; A. Benet, S. Cortés & C. Lleó; 

K. Braunmüller & C. Gabriel; B. Brehmer & A. Czachór; B. Brehmer & 

M. Rothweiler; K. Bührig, O. Kliche, B. Meyer & B. Pawlack; S.E. Carroll; 

M. Elsig; J. Festman; N. Gagarina; A.U. Haenni Hoti & S. Heinzmann; 

C. Heycock & H.P. Petersen; S. Höder; S. Kranich, J. House & V. Becher; 

A. Pešková, I. Feldhausen, E. Kireva & C. Gabriel; C. Pierantozzi; 

M. Pirvulescu, A.T. Pérez-Leroux & Y. Roberge; M. Prys, M. Deuchar 

& G. aRoberts; N. Ringblom; M. Schönenberger, M. Rothweiler & 

F. Sterner; R. Sichel-Bazin, C. Buthke & T. Meisenburg; N. Strik; 

A. Stöhr, D. Akpınar, G. Bianchi & T. Kupisch; C. Szabo; C. Vettori, 

K. Wisniewski & A. Abel; S. Zerbian. 

[Hamburg Studies on Multilingualism, 13] 

2012. xiv, 474 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1933 6 eUR 75.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7349 9 eUR 75.00 / usd 

113.00 

113.00 

|| Bilingualism || Language acquisition 


standard languages and multilingualism 

in european history 

Edited by Matthias Hüning, Ulrike Vogl and Olivier Moliner 

Freie Universität Berlin 

This volume explores the roots of Europe’s struggle with multilingualism. It argues that, over 

the centuries, the pursuit of linguistic homogeneity has become a central aspect of the mindset 

of Europeans. In its extreme form, it became manifest in the principle of ‘one language, 

one state, one people’. Consequently, multilingualism came to be viewed as an undesirable 

aberration. The authors of this volume approach the relationship between standard languages 

and multilingualism from a historical, cross-European perspective. They provide a comprehensive 

overview of the emergence of a standard language ideology and its intricate relationship 

with matters of ethnicity, territorial unity and social mobility. They explain for diff erent 

European language areas in what ways the emergence of standard languages had an impact on 

multilingual policies and practices. Its comparative approach makes this volume an important 

resource for linguists, researchers from diff erent philologies and social historians. 

Contributions by: K. Anipa; M. Ciscel; W.V. Davies; J. De Caluwé; H. Haarmann; A. Haselow; G. Lüdi; 

P. Mackridge; Y. Peled; M. Saari; U. Vogl. 

[Multilingualism and Diversity Management, 1] 2012. ix, 339 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0055 6 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7391 8 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Bilingualism || Historical linguistics || Language policy || Sociolinguistics and Dialectology 


multilingual corpora and multilingual 

corpus analysis 

Edited by Thomas Schmidt and Kai Wörner 

University of Hamburg 

This volume deals with diff erent aspects of the creation and use of 

multilingual corpora. The term ‘multilingual corpus’ is understood 

in a comprehensive sense, meaning any systematic collection 

of empirical language data enabling linguists to carry out analyses 

of multilingual individuals, multilingual societies or multilingual 

communication. The individual contributions are thus concerned 

with a variety of spoken and written corpora ranging from learner 

and attrition corpora, language contact corpora and interpreting 

corpora to comparable and parallel corpora. The overarching aim 

of the volume is fi rst to take stock of the variety of existing multilingual 

corpora, documenting possible corpus designs and uses, 

second to discuss methodological and technological challenges 

in the creation and analysis of multilingual corpora, and third to 

provide examples of linguistic analyses that were carried out on 

the basis of multilingual corpora. 

Contributions by: O. Čulo & S. Hansen-Schirra; P.S. Angermeyer, B. Meyer 

& T. Schmidt; A. Benet, S. Cortés & C. Lleó; K. Bührig, O. Kliche, B. Meyer 

& B. Pawlack; A. Czachór; H. Dittmann, M. ˇDurčo, A. Geyken, T. Roth 

& K. Zimmer; C. Fandrych, C. Meißner & A. Slavcheva; C. Gabriel; 

U. Gut; H. Hedeland & T. Schmidt; A. Herkenrath & J. Rehbein; J. House, 

B. Meyer & T. Schmidt; S. Höder; T. Kupisch, D. Barton, G. Bianchi & 

I. Stangen; K.H. Kühl; C. Lleó; N. Ott, R. Ziai & D. Meurers; M. Putz; 

Y. Rose; T. Schmidt & K. Wörner; M.S. Ulloa, C. Lleó & I. Garcia Sanchez; 

K. Wörner; H. Zinsmeister & M. Breckle. 

[Hamburg Studies on Multilingualism, 14] 

2012. xiii, 400 pp. + index 

113.00 

Hb 978 90 272 1934 3 eUR 75.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7344 4 eUR 75.00 / usd 113.00 

|| Applied linguistics || Bilingualism || Corpus linguistics 


new perspectives on irish english 

Edited by Bettina Migge and Máire Ní Chiosáin 

University College Dublin 

This volume brings together current research by international 

scholars on the varieties of English spoken in Ireland. The 

papers apply contemporary theoretical and methodological 

approaches and frameworks to a range of topics. A number of 

papers explore the distribution of linguistic features in Irish 

English, including the evolution of linguistic structures in Irish 

English and linguistic change in progress, employing broadly 

quantitative sociolinguistic approaches. Pragmatic features of 

Irish English are explored through corpus linguistics-based 

analysis. The construction of linguistic corpora using written 

and recorded material form the focus of other papers, extending 

and analyzing the growing range of corpus material available to 

researchers of varieties of English, including diaspora varieties. 

Issues of language and identity in contemporary Ireland are 

explored in several contributions using both qualitative and 

quantitative methods. The volume will be of interest to linguists 

generally, and to scholars with an interest in varieties of English. 

Contributions by: C.P. Amador Moreno; K. Beal; B. Clancy & E. Vaughan; 

S. Clarke; K.P. Corrigan, R. Edge & J. Lonergan; G. Diamant; M. Filppula; 

M. van Hattum; K. McCaff erty & C.P. Amador Moreno; B. Migge; 

B. Migge & M. Ní Chiosáin; B. Murphy & F. Farr; N. Nestor, C. Ni Chasaide 

& V. Regan; A. Peters; M. Schweinberger; K. Sell; J. Sullivan. 

[Varieties of English Around the World, G44] 

2012. xvii, 353 pp. + index 

143.00 

Hb 978 90 272 4904 3 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7317 8 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

|| English linguistics || Sociolinguistics and Dialectology 





second language acquisition abroad 

The LDS Missionary Experience 

Edited by Lynne Hansen 

Brigham Young University, Hawaii 

This volume brings together for the fi rst time a collection of studies devoted 

to missionary language learning and retention. Introductory chapters provide 

historical perspectives on this population and on language teaching philosophy 

and practice in the LDS tradition. The empirical studies which follow are divided 

into two sections, the fi rst examining mission language acquisition by Englishspeaking 

missionaries abroad, the second focusing on post-mission language 

attrition. These chapters by internationally known scholars off er cutting-edge 

research using a number of diff erent target languages in addressing various 

issues in second language development. Finally, a comprehensive bibliography 

of sources on mission languages is included. The readership of this pioneering 

work is expected to extend beyond specialists in study abroad and missionary 

language training to a broader audience of applied linguists, educators, and 

students interested in language acquisition and attrition. In addition, the book 

off ers useful insights to adults who want to maintain a second language. 

Contributions by: D. Dewey & R.T. Cliff ord; C.R. Graham; L. Hansen; L. Hansen 

& Y. Chen; L. Hansen, A. Colver, W. Chong, H. Pereira, J. Robinson, A. Sawada & 

R.M. Miller; L. Hansen, J. Gardner, J. Pollard, J. Rowe & J. Tsukayama; L. Hansen, K. Lam, 

L. Orikasa Nufer, P. Rama, G. Schwaller & R.M. Miller; L. Hansen, M. McKinney & 

Y. Umeda; J. Larson-Hall & D. Dewey; R.A. Russell. 

[Studies in Bilingualism, 45] 2012. x, 268 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4186 3 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 8166 1 eUR 90.00 / usd 

We pioneered the convenient dictionary of word combinations for English 

with our BBI Combinatory Dictionary of English. 

Now, we are pleased to announce a new and unique dictionary 

of word combinations for Italian. 

“ The Dizionario Combinatorio 

Compatto Italiano designed 

and edited by Vincenzo Lo 

Cascio is the fi rst systematic 

work of this type dedicated 

to the Italian language. Its 

scope, the richness of data, the 

fi nesse of the entry layout and 

the overall reliability of the 

result make it an unvaluable 

resource for anyone having to 

do with Italian: speakers, writers, 

researchers, teachers. The 

huge experience of Lo Cascio 

in lexicography is an added 

value for users. ” 

prof. Raff aele simone, 

Università Roma Tre 

135.00 

135.00 



Dizionario combinatorio compatto italiano 

A cura di Vincenzo Lo Cascio 

ItalNed Foundation / University of Amsterdam 

Le parole di una lingua non sono mai isolate ma si usano 

in combinazione e non con qualunque parola ma solo con 

alcune. Per parlare bene bisogna usare le combinazioni 

appropriate. In italiano si dice un tozzo di pane per indicare 

un pezzo di pane, ma si dice anche un tozzo di carne? E una 

discussione si solleva? O si solleva un’obiezione? Una discussione si 

aff ronta, ma un’obiezione? In italiano non si dice fare un appuntamento 

con qualcuno ma fi ssare o prendere un appuntamento. 

Ogni lingua preferisce combinazioni diverse e quindi è facile 

sbagliare quando si parla una lingua straniera. A volte però 

anche il parlante nativo sbaglia o non è sicuro. 

Questo dizionario ricostruisce l’ambiente linguistico di 

circa 3.000 entrate per aiutare ogni parlante a comunicare in 

italiano. È destinato al parlante straniero che ha una conoscenza 

avanzata della lingua italiana ma anche al parlante 

nativo che è in cerca della parola giusta. Un dizionario che si 

distingue dai normali dizionari monolingui e bilingui perché 

indica sistematicamente le combinazioni lessicali (circa 

90.000), molto spesso spiegandole e/o accompagnandole con 

esempi per chiarirne l’uso. 

2012. xxvi, 642 pp. 

Pb 978 90 272 1193 4 eUR 39.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7465 6 eUR 39.00 / usd 

EEE EEEEE || Dictionaries || Romance linguistics 

59.00 

59.00 

third language acquisition in adulthood 

Edited by Jennifer Cabrelli Amaro, Suzanne Flynn 

and Jason Rothman 

University of Florida / MIT 

In recent years, researchers have acknowledged that the study of third 

language acquisition cannot simply be viewed as an additive extension of 

bilingualism, and the present volume’s authors agree that a point of departure 

that embraces the unique properties that diff erentiate L2acquisition from L3/ 

Ln acquisition is essential. From linguistic, sociological, psychological, educational 

and cognitive viewpoints, it has become increasingly apparent that the 

study of L3/Ln acquisition can provide newevidence to help resolve ongoing 

debates in these areas of study. This volume uniquely provides a wide-ranging 

overview of current trends in the study of adult additive multilingualismfrom 

formal, psycholinguistic and sociolinguisticperspectives, adding new insights 

into adult multilingual epistemology. This collection includes critical reviews 

of L3/Ln morphosyntax, phonology, and the lexicon, as well as individual studies 

with unique language pairings including Romance, Germanic, Slavic, and 

Asian languages. 

Contributions by: C. Bardel & Y. Falk; É. Berkes & S. Flynn; K. de Bot; J. Cabrelli Amaro; 

J. Cabrelli Amaro, S. Flynn & J. Rothman; J. Dewaele; M.d.P. García Mayo & J. Rothman; 

C. Jaensch; V. Kulundary & A. Gabriele; C. Lindqvist; D. Singleton; R. Slabakova; 

M. Wrembel. 

[Studies in Bilingualism, 46] 2012. vi, 309 pp. + index 

135.00 

Hb 978 90 272 4187 0 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7303 1 eUR 90.00 / usd 135.00 

|| Bilingualism || Language acquisition || Psycholinguistics 


Words are never used in isolation but in combination and 

not with any word but only with certain specifi c words. 

To use a language properly the appropriate combinations 

must be used. In Italian a piece of bread is a tozzo di pane, but 

is that the case for meat? Is a tozzo di carne an appropriate 

combination? If you want to make an appointment with 

somebody you should not say (as in English) fare un appuntamento 

but fi ssare un appuntamento. An Italian aff ronta una 

discussione (enters or tackles a discussion), but is it possible 

for him to say aff rontare un’obiezione (to enter or tackle an 

objection)? Yes it is, as this dictionary shows. 

So every language has its own preferences in word combinations, 

misleading a non-native learner into making 

mistakes infl uenced by his own language. 

This dictionary reconstructs the frame to which 3,000 

Italian entries belong and aims to help non-Italian speakers 

with an advanced linguistic competence to fi nd the 

appropriate word combinations for communicating in 

Italian. Moreover, this dictionary can also be useful for native 

speakers who want to improve their lexical choices in 

writing and speaking Italian. 

The dictionary, contrary to ordinary monolingual and bilingual 

dictionaries, systematically lists word combinations 

(almost 90,000), explaining and/or exemplifying them.

aila Review, Volume 25 

AILA Review is a refereed publication of the Association 

Internationale de Linguistique Appliquée, an international 

federation of national associations for applied linguistics. All 

volumes are guest edited. 

As of Volume 16, 2003, AILA Review is published with John 

Benjamins. 

2012. 100 pp. 

Pb 978 90 272 3997 6 eUR 102.00 / usd 

153.00 

|| Applied linguistics 

For subscription information (including electronic access) please 

refer to www.benjamins.com. 

style-shifting in public 

New perspectives on stylistic variation 

Edited by Juan Manuel Hernández-Campoy 

and Juan Antonio Cutillas-Espinosa 

University of Murcia 

Language acts are acts of identity, and linguistic variation refl 

ects the multifaceted construction of verbal alternatives for 

transmitting social meaning, where style-shifting represents 

our ability to take up diff erent social positions due to its potential 

for linguistic performance, rhetorical stance-taking 

and identity projection. 

Traditional variationist conceptualizations of style-shifting 

as a primarily responsive phenomenon seem unable to 

account for all stylistic choices. In contrast, more recent 

formulations see stylistic variation as initiative, creative and 

strategic in personal and interpersonal identity construction 

and projection, making a signifi cant contribution to our 

understanding of this aspect of sociolinguistic variation. 

In this volume social constructivist approaches to styleshifting 

are further developed by bringing together research 

which suggests that people make stylistic choices aimed at 

conveying (and achieving) a particular social categorization, 

sociolinguistic meaning, and/or to project a specifi c positioning 

in society. Therefore, there is a need, we collectively 

argue, to adopt permeable and fl exible multidimensional, 

multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary approaches to 

speaker agency that take into consideration not only reactive 

but also proactive motivations for stylistic variation, and 

where individuals – rather than groups – and their strategies 

are the main focus when examining style-shifting in public. 

This book will be of interest to advanced students and 

academics in the areas of sociolinguistics, dialectology, social 

psychology, anthropology and sociology. 

Contributions by: A. Gibson & A. Bell; L. Hall-Lew, R. Starr & 

E. Coppock; J.M. Hernández-Campoy & J.A. Cutillas-Espinosa; 

R.J. Podesva, P. Callier & J. Jamsu; R.J. Podesva, L. Hall-Lew, J. Brenier, 

R. Starr & S. Lewis; J. Sclafani; B. Soukup; T.R. Strand; A. Trester; 

Q. Zhang. 

[Studies in Language Variation, 9] 2012. vii, 231 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 3489 6 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7487 8 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Discourse studies || Sociolinguistics and Dialectology 

☞ 

“ This book provides much 

needed new insights into those 

elements of social situation 

which critically infl uence 

speech variation in public settings. 

The papers demonstrate 

that even what is generally 

regarded as a uniform ‘style’ 

– public speaking – actually 

varies radically in sociophonetics, 

morphosyntax, lexicon, 

pragmatics, discourse, and 

intonation depending on the 

situational variables discussed 

here. All sociolinguists should 

fi nd this book of importance to 

their future work. ” 

malcah yaeger-Dror, 

University of Arizona 

“ This is a must read volume 

for anyone who wishes to gain 

a solid overview of the present 

use of English in Southeast 

Asia. ” 

sandra lee mcKay, 

Professor Emeritus, San Francisco 

State University 


☞ 

the syntax of spoken indian english 

Claudia Lange 

University of Giessen 

This book off ers an in-depth analysis of several features of 

spoken Indian English that are generally considered as ‘typical’, 

but have never before been studied empirically. Drawing 

on authentic spoken data from the International Corpus of 

English, Indian component, the book focuses on the domain 

of discourse organization and examines the form, function 

and distribution of invariant tags such as isn’t it and no/na, 

non-initial existential there, focus markers only and itself, 

topicalization and left-dislocation. By focusing on multilingual 

speakers’ interactions, the study demonstrates conclusively 

that spoken Indian English bears all the hallmarks of 

a vibrant contact language, testifying to a pan-South Asian 

‘grammar of culture’ which becomes apparent in contact-induced 

language change in spoken Indian English. The book 

will be highly relevant for anyone interested in postcolonial 

varieties of English, contact linguistics, standardization, and 

discourse-pragmatic sentence structure. 


2012. xv, 258 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 4905 0 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7309 3 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

|| Bilingualism || English linguistics || Sociolinguistics and 

Dialectology || Syntax || Theoretical linguistics 


english in southeast asia 

Features, policy and language in use 

Edited by Ee-Ling Low and Azirah Hashim 

Nanyang Technological University, Singapore / 

University of Malaya, Malaysia 

This volume provides a fi rst systematic, comprehensive 

account of English in Southeast Asia (SEA) based on current 

research by leading scholars in the fi eld. The volume fi rst 

provides a systematic account of the linguistic features 

across all sub-varieties found within each country. It also has 

a section dedicated to the historical context and language 

planning policies to provide a background to understanding 

the development of the linguistic features covered in Part I 

and, fi nally, the vibrancy of the sociolinguistic and pragmatic 

realities that govern actual language in use in a wide variety 

of domains such as the law, education, popular culture, electronic 

media and actual pragmatic encounters are also given 

due coverage. This volume also includes an extensive bibliography 

of works on English in SEA, thus providing a useful 

and valuable resource for language researchers, linguists, 

classroom educators, policy makers and anyone interested in 

the topic of English in SEA or World Englishes as a whole. 

Contributions by: L. Alsagoff ; K. Bolton; J. D’Angelo; P. Darasawang 

& R.W. Todd; D. Dayag; A. Haji Omar; A. Hashim & R.S.K. Tan; 

N. Hassan, A. Hashim & A.S. Phillip; T.T.N. Hung; G.M. Jones; 

A. Kirkpatrick; B.S. Lim; E. Low; E. Low & A. Hashim; E. Low, 

A. Hashim, A. Ran & A.S. Phillip; J. McLellan; J. McLellan & N.A. Haji- 

Othman; A. Moody; I. Pefi anco Martin; R. Powell; W. Trakulkasemsuk. 


2012. xiv, 394 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4902 9 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 8183 8 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 

143.00 





|| Applied linguistics || Bilingualism || Language acquisition 



neW 

JoURnAL 

2013 

neW journal • neW journal JoURnAL 

journal of immersion and content-based language education 

Edited by Siv Björklund and Diane J. Tedick 

University of Vaasa / University of Minnesota 

JICB aims at publishing research on language immersion and other types of content-based language 

education programmes that are subject matter-driven and subject matter-accountable. 

The journal provides a forum for research on well-established immersion and content-based 

programmes as well as research on new initiatives within the broad fi eld of content-based language 

education. Both programme-specifi c and programme-contrastive articles are invited. 

JICB editors welcome submissions of the highest quality that report on empirical research and/ 

or off er theoretical discussions, and we seek innovative submissions that push the fi eld forward 

and generate new knowledge. We encourage work that aims to break down barriers that have 

isolated language education from other disciplines. The content of each JICB issue is expected 

to be geographically broad and multidisciplinary (pedagogy; applied linguistics; sociology; 

psychology; speech, language, hearing sciences; language policy and planning; etc.). JICB 

supports the use of a wide range of research methodologies (qualitative, quantitative, mixed 

methods), including action research. 


an interdisciplinary bibliography on language, gender and sexuality (2000–2011) 

Heiko Motschenbacher 

Goethe-University, Frankfurt am Main 

This comprehensive, state-of-the-art bibliography documents the most recent research 

activity in the vibrant fi eld of language, gender and sexuality. It provides experts in the fi eld 

and students in tertiary education with access to language-centred resources on gender and 

sexuality and is, therefore, an ideal research companion. The main part of the bibliography 

lists 3,454 relevant publications (monographs, edited volumes, journal articles and contributions 

to edited volumes) that have been published within the period from 2000 to 2011. 

It unites work done in linguistics with that of neighbouring disciplines, covering studies 

dealing with a broad range of languages and cultures around the globe. Alphabetical listing 

and a keyword index facilitate fi nding relevant work by author and subject matter. The 

e-book version additionally enables users to search the entire document for specifi c terms. 

Sections on earlier bibliographies and general reference works on language, gender and 

sexuality complete the compilation. 

2012. vii, 294 pp. 

149.00 

Hb 978 90 272 1200 9 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7315 4 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

|| Communication Studies || Discourse studies || Language policy || Sociolinguistics and Dialectology || Sociology 


ReLAteD tItLe 

language, gender and sexual identity. Poststructuralist perspectives 

Heiko Motschenbacher 

Goethe-University, Frankfurt am Main 

This book makes an innovative contribution to the relatively young fi eld of Queer Linguistics. 

Subscribing to a poststructuralist framework, it presents a critical, deconstructionist perspective 

on the discursive construction of heteronormativity and gender binarism from a linguistic 

point of view. The book deals with repercussions of the discursive materialisation of heteronormativity 

and gender binarism in various kinds of linguistic data. 


2010. xi, 209 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1868 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 8750 2 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Discourse studies || Sociolinguistics and Dialectology 









related journal 

journal of language 

and sexuality 

Edited by William L. Leap 

and Heiko Motschenbacher 

American University, Washington DC / 

Goethe-University, Frankfurt am 

Main 

The Journal of Language and Sexuality 

aims to present research on 

the discursive formations of sexuality, 

including sexual desire, 

sexual identities, sexual politics 

and sexuality in diaspora. Of 

interest is linguistic work in the 

widest possible sense, including 

work in sociolinguistics, anthropological 

linguistics, pragmatics, 

semantics, discourse analysis, 

applied linguistics, and other 

modes of language-centered 

inquiry that will contribute to 

the investigation of discourses 

of sexuality and their linguistic 

and social consequences. On a 

theoretical level, the journal is 

indebted to Queer Linguistics as 

its major infl uence. 

issn: 2211-3770 

e-issn: 2211-3789 

For subscription information 

(including electronic access) please 

refer to www.benjamins.com.

language studies, science and 

engineering 

Edited by David Ian Hanauer and Michael J. Ford 

University of Pittsburgh 

The Language Studies, Science and Engineering (LSSE) book series 

seeks submissions of book proposals that address the interface 

among language studies, science, engineering and education. 

This book series aims to bring together researchers from the 

fields of language studies and science/engineering education 

with the aim of generating new interdisciplinary knowledge. 

This book series is premised on the concept that science is of 

central importance in the 21st century and that research informed 

by linguistic knowledge can contribute to the description, 

understanding, education and practice of science and engineering. 

The goal of this series is to enhance educational and 

professional practices in the sciences and engineering through 

interdisciplinary interaction between language researchers, 

science and engineering educators and scientists. 

The scope of this book series covers the range of potential contributions 

that language studies can make to the advancement 

of science, engineering and educational practices in these fields. 

Researchers who utilize language based methodologies, such 

as discourse analysis, computational linguistics, conversational 

analysis, multimodal analysis, rhetorical analysis, and genre 

analysis, for the purposes of advancing science/engineering education 

and professional practice are invited to submit a proposal 

for this innovative book series. 

issn: 2210-7029 

Communication Communication Linguistics Artificial Computational Intelligence & Studies Studies corpus linguistics 

Discourse || studiesCommunication 

Studies || Artificial Intelligence 

|| Computational & corpus linguistics || Discourse studies 

First volume to be published in this series: 

applied linguistics and literacies for stem 

Founding concepts, methodologies and research 

projects 

Edited by Mary Jane Curry and David Ian Hanauer 

children’s literature, culture, and cognition 

tH R ee neW BooK seR I es! 

Edited by Nina Christensen, Elina Druker, Bettina Kümmerling-Meibauer 

and Maria Nikolajeva 

Aarhus University / Stockholm University / University of Tübingen / University of Cambridge 

The overarching aim of the CLCC series is to promote truly new theoretical approaches in the 

realm of children’s literature research on the one hand, and to emphasize a non-Anglo-American 

focus, bringing in exciting research from other areas. In addition, the new book series shall 

present research from many linguistic areas to an international audience, reinforce interaction 

between research conducted in many different languages and present high standard research on 

the basis of secondary sources in a number of languages and based in a variety of research traditions. 

Basically the series should encourage a cross- and interdisciplinary approach on the basis 

of literary studies, media studies, comparative studies, reception studies, literacy studies, cognitive 

studies and linguistics. The series should include monographs and essay collections which 

are international in scope and intend to stimulate innovative research in children’s literature 

with a focus on children’s literature (including other media), children’s culture and cognition, 

thus encouraging interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary research in this expanding field. 

issn: 2212-9006 

|| Language acquisition || Applied linguistics || Cognition and language || Writing and literacy 

|| Theoretical linguistics & literary studies 


issues in hispanic and lusophone linguistics 

Edited by Jason Rothman 

University of Florida & University of Ottawa 

Romance linguists are by definition not only aligned with their theoretical paradigm (e.g. 

usage-based sociolinguists to generative grammarians), but rather there is a sense of a larger 

community to which all Romance linguists belong by virtue of the languages studied. Spanish 

and Portuguese are two of the top ten most widely spoken languages in the world. They 

are by far the largest two in the Romance family of languages in terms of number of speakers. 

It is fair to say that there is a strong sub-community of Romance linguists also aligned by 

virtue of their research foci on Spanish and Portuguese. Beyond providing high quality work 

applicable to the linguistic sciences in general, the aforementioned community of Hispanic 

and Lusophone linguists is precisely the audience to which we believe this book series will 

appeal to the most. 

The aim of this book series is to provide a single home for the highest quality monographs 

and edited volumes pertaining to Hispanic and Lusophone linguistics. In an effort to be as 

inclusive as possible, the series hopes to include volumes that represent the many sub-fields 

and paradigms of linguistics that do high quality research targeting Iberian Romance languages. 

We seek projects pertaining to all dialects in the world where these languages (co-) 

exist (e.g. Europe, South and North America, Africa) as well as projects on the acquisition of 

these languages anywhere Spanish and Portuguese are acquired in childhood or adulthood. 

Because our goal is to consider manuscripts from all relevant linguistic approaches, the common 

thread across the books within this series will be the languages themselves. Although 

we anticipate that the majority of the books will focus on Spanish and Portuguese, for obvious 

reasons, we would like to encourage book proposals that engage other Iberian-Romance 

languages in Europe (e.g., Galician, Catalan, Aragonese, etc.) and/or examine Spanish and 

Portuguese in their co-existence with other non-Romance languages in Europe (e.g. Basque), 

indigenous languages in Latin America, English in North America, and other national and 

regional languages across the Hispanic and Lusophone world. Projects that engage several of 

these languages together are especially welcome. 

issn: 2213-3887 

Discourse || studiesRomance linguistics ||Theoretical linguistics 

First volumes to be published in this series: 

the syntax of spanish ques 

Along the left edge 

Julio Villa-García 

portuguese-spanish interfaces 

Edited by Patrícia Amaral 

and Ana Maria Carvalho 

First volumes to be published in this series: 

tHRee 

neW 

BooK 

seRIes! 

sexy sinners and Delinquent Deviants 

Sexually active adolescents and knowledge 

production 

Lydia Kokkola 

Reading for learning 

Children’s literature and cognitive criticism 

Maria Nikolajeva 

Rare books by Remarkable Russians 

Towards a radical reconceptualization of early 

Sovjet picturebooks 

Sara Pankenier Weld 



noW I n PAPeR BACK 

“ The traditional language documentation 

apparatus of grammar, dictionary and text 

collection is no longer adequate for modern 

documentary linguistics. Today we want to 

preserve performance data as well, which entails 

additional community participation and heavy 

use of modern technology. Consequently, we 

encounter a multitude of new questions about 

intellectual property rights, adequate documentation, 

maximizing and standardizing the 

potential of technology, cooperation with revitalization 

eff orts, and more. This book collects 

experts’ and beginners’ position papers and case 

studies covering the wide range of issues to be 

considered in the practice of today’s documentary 

linguistics. It is an important textbook and 

reference guide for both seasoned and new practitioners 

from inside and outside of academia. ” 

David s. Rood, University of Colorado 

“ This is an indispensable volume, that should 

become a classroom staple. A terrifi c collection 

of rich, readable, thought-provoking, and very 

practical chapters. ” 

jane hill, University of Arizona 


language Documentation 

Practice and values 

Edited by Lenore A. Grenoble and N. Louanna Furbee 

University of Chicago / University of Missouri, Columbia 

Language documentation, also often called documentary linguistics, is a relatively new subfi eld in linguistics 

which has emerged in part as a response to the pressing need for collecting, describing, and archiving 

material on the increasing number of endangered languages. The present book details the most 

recent developments in this rapidly developing fi eld with papers written by linguists primarily based 

in academic institutions in North America, although many conduct their fi eldwork elsewhere. The 

articles in this volume — position papers and case studies — focus on some of the most critical issues 

in the fi eld. These include (1) the nature of contributions to linguistic theory and method provided by 

documentary linguistics, including the content appropriate for documentation; (2) the impact and 

demands of technology in documentation; (3) matters of practice in collaborations among linguists 

and communities, and in the necessary training of students and community members to conduct 

documentation activities; and (4) the ethical issues involved in documentary linguistics. 

Contributions by: H. Aguilar Méndez, T. López Méndez, J. Méndez Vázquez, M.B. Sántiz Pérez, R. Jiménez Jiménez, 

N.L. Furbee, L. del Socorro Guillén Rovelo & R.A. Benfer; F. Ajo, V. Guérin, R. Hattori & L.C. Robinson; A. Berge; 

J. Boynton, S. Moran, H. Aristar-Dry & A.R. Aristar; S. M. Burt; L. Buszard-Welcher; A. Dwyer; C.M. Fitzgerald; 

N.L. Furbee; N.L. Furbee & L.A. Grenoble; D.B. Gerdts; D. Golumbia; J. Good; L.A. Grenoble; B. Lust, S. Flynn, 

M. Blume, E. Westbrooks & T. Tobin; M.J. Macri; J.M. Maxwell; K. Rice; N. Thieberger & M. Jacobson; V. Vázquez Soto. 

2010. xviii, 340 pp. 

eUR 99.00 / 

eUR 36.00 / 

eUR 99.00 / 

Hb 978 90 272 1175 0 usd 

Pb 978 90 272 1201 6 usd 

e-book 978 90 272 8783 0 usd 

149.00 

54.00 

149.00 

|| Anthropological Linguistics || Language documentation || Theoretical linguistics 

“ This is an exciting, wide-ranging exploration 

of the still-developing fi eld of language documentation. 

It highlights the roles of technological 

advances and of ethical considerations in 

moving fi eldwork from a solo enterprise to a 

multipurpose enterprise undertaken by and for 

diverse stakeholders, including both researchers 

and speaker communities. The collection is 

anchored by solid position papers, interspersed 

with illuminating case studies. Readers will come 

away from the volume fi red by the possibilities 

of this fi eld while also sobered by its intellectual 

and ethical challenges. ” 

nancy Dorian, Bryn Mawr College 

“ The contributors to this volume all share a 

sense of commitment and enthusiasm for the 

hard work of language documentation. Although 

they present may perspectives, their works all exhibit 

a preoccupation with the ethical practice of 

language documentation. As those persons labor 

to save languages that are endangered, or at least 

save a persistent and useable record of them, they 

are more concerned with the impact of the manner 

of their work than many of their predecessors 

have been. ” 

sirReadalot.org, february 2011 

“ Here is abundance, coming at just the right 

time. The drive to document languages is a new 

pressing imperative for linguists, but a dense 

thicket of issues – intellectual, practical, social, 

ethical – threaten to frustrate their attempts to 

fulfi ll it. This book points out the hazards, and 

charts a path through them, combining focused 

position papers with the revealing experiences 

of dozens of practitioners. ” 

nicholas ostler, Foundation for Endangered Languages 

“This rich collection addresses the many sides 

of language documentation and the issues they 

raise: the practical, methodological, intellectual, 

technological, cultural, interpersonal, and ethical. 

The contributions are varied but impressively 

coherent. As a group, the contributors bring 

a wealth of experience working with diff erent 

languages and communities to the discussion, 

and expertise in all aspects of the documentation 

process. At the same time, certain threads 

run through the set, not the least of which is 

the value of collaboration between community 

members and linguists. Useful reading for anyone 

contemplating, embarking on or engaged in 

a language documentation project. ” 

marianne mithun, University of California, Santa 

Barbara

corpus-informed Research and learning 

in esp 

Issues and applications 

Edited by Alex Boulton, Shirley Carter-Thomas 

and Elizabeth Rowley-Jolivet 

Crapel, ATILF - CNRS & Université de Lorraine / Institut Mines-Télécom, 

Télécom EM & LATTICE - CNRS / Laboratoire Ligérien de Linguistique, 

Université d’Orléans - CNRS 

These specially-commissioned studies cover corpus-informed 

approaches to researching, teaching and learning English for 

Specifi c Purposes (ESP). The corpora used range from very large 

published corpora to small tailor-made collections of written 

and spoken text, as well as parallel and contrastive corpora, in 

both the hard and softer sciences. Designed to tackle the problems 

faced by a variety of fi rst- and second-language ESP users 

(specialised translators, undergraduates, junior and experienced 

researchers, and language trainers), the breadth of approaches 

enables treatment of issues central to ESP and corpus research, 

from corpus compilation and analysis to new applications and 

data-driven learning. The fi rst full-length book on applied corpus 

use in France, Corpus-Informed Research and Learning in ESP will 

be of interest not only to those working in the French context, 

but to a wide variety of language professionals – teachers, researchers 

or course designers – in many countries looking at ESP 

from diff erent linguistic, cultural and educational perspectives. 

Contributions by: S. Birch-Bécaas & R. Cooke; A. Boulton; A. Boulton, 

S. Carter-Thomas & E. Rowley-Jolivet; S. Carter-Thomas & A. Chambers; 

D. Dressen-Hammouda; N. Kübler & A. Volanschi; F. Maniez; C. Poudat & 

P. Follette; E. Rowley-Jolivet; A. Saber; J.M. Swales; G. Williams. 

[Studies in Corpus Linguistics, 52] 2012. ix, 306 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0357 1 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7394 9 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 

|| Corpus linguistics || English linguistics || Language acquisition 


middle and modern english corpus 

linguistics 

A multi-dimensional approach 

Edited by Manfred Markus, Yoko Iyeiri, 

Reinhard Heuberger and Emil Chamson 

University of Innsbruck / Kyoto University 

This book brings together a variety of approaches to English 

corpus linguistics and shows how corpus methodologies can 

contribute to the linking of diachronic and synchronic studies. 

The articles in this volume investigate historical changes in the 

English language as well as specifi c aspects of Middle and Modern 

English and, moreover, of English dialects. The contributions 

also discuss the development of English corpus linguistics 

generally and its potential in the future. Special focus is given 

to the continuity between Middle and Modern English – much 

in line with the linking in previous studies of Middle English 

and Old English under the generic term “medievalism”. This 

volume highlights the continual development of English from 

the medieval to modern period. 

Contributions by: J.C. Beal; E. Chamson; T. Defour; S. Diemer; H. Diller; 

I. Hashimoto; Y. Iyeiri; N. Kikusawa; S. Lodej; U. Lutzky; C. Mair; 

M. Markus; M. Markus, Y. Iyeiri, R. Heuberger & E. Chamson; 

J. Ruano García; H. Sauer; E. Smitterberg; C. Upton; T. Yanagi. 

[Studies in Corpus Linguistics, 50] 2012. viii, 287 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0355 7 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7497 7 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Corpus linguistics || English linguistics || Germanic linguistics 

|| Historical linguistics 

Corpus & Computational 

Quantitative methods in corpus-based 

translation studies 

A practical guide to descriptive translation research 

Edited by Michael P. Oakes and Meng Ji 

University of Sunderland / University of Tokyo 

This is a comprehensive guidebook to the quantitative methods 

needed for Corpus-Based Translation Studies (CBTS). It provides 

a systematic description of the various statistical tests used in 

Corpus Linguistics which can be used in translation research. In 

Part 1, Theoretical Explorations, the interplay between quantitative 

and qualitative methodologies is explored. Part 2, Essential 

Corpus Studies, describes how to undertake quantitative studies, 

with a suitable level of technical and relevant case studies. 

Part 3, Quantitative Explorations of Literary Translations, looks 

at translations of classic works by Cao Xueqin, James Joyce and 

other authors. Finally, Part 4 on Translation Lexis uses a variety 

of techniques new to translation studies, including multivariate 

analysis and game theory. This book is aimed at students and researchers 

of corpus linguistics, translation studies and quantitative 

linguistics. It will signifi cantly advance current translation 

studies in terms of methodological innovation and will fi ll in an 

important gap in the development of quantitative methods for 

interdisciplinary translation studies. 

Contributions by: S.T. Gries & S. Wulff ; L. Hareide & K. Hofl and; G.B. Jenset 

& B. McGillivray; M. Ji; M. Ji & M.P. Oakes; S.(. Ke; B. Lewandowska- 

Tomaszczyk; J. M. Patton & F. Can; M.P. Oakes; J. Rybicki; A. Sotov; 

G. De Sutter, I. Delaere & K. Plevoets. 

[Studies in Corpus Linguistics, 51] 2012. x, 361 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0356 4 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7478 6 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Corpus linguistics || Translation studies 

exploring newspaper language 

Using the web to create and investigate a large corpus 

of modern Norwegian 

Edited by Gisle Andersen 

Norwegian School of Economics, Bergen 

This book describes new methodological and technological approaches 

to corpus building and presents recent research based 

on the Norwegian Newspaper Corpus. This is a large monitor 

corpus of contemporary Norwegian language, compiled through 

daily harvesting of web newspapers. The book gives an overview 

of the corpus and its system architecture, and presents tools used 

for tasks such as text harvesting, annotation, topic classifi cation 

and extraction and frequency profi ling of new words and phrases. 

Among the innovative technologies is Corpuscle, a corpus query 

engine and management system which is fl exible enough to 

handle very large corpora in an effi cient way. The individual research 

contributions based on the corpus explore diff erent aspects 

of Norwegian, including the occurrence of anglicisms, neologisms 

and terminology, and the use of metonymy and metaphor in newspaper 

language. The book also describes an innovative method of 

applying correspondence analysis and implicational analysis to 

investigate interdependencies between morphosyntactic variants. 

Contributions by: &. Andersen; G. Andersen; G. Andersen & K. Hofl and; 

L.E. Breivik & T. Swan; K. DeSmedt; H. Dyvik; R.V. Fjeld & L. Nygaard; 

T.M. Hagen; S.L. Halverson; J.B. Johannessen, K. Hagen, A. Lynum & 

A. Nøklestad; M. Kristiansen; G.S. Losnegaard & G.I. Lyse; G.I. Lyse & 

G. Andersen; P. Meurer; V. Rosén. 

[Studies in Corpus Linguistics, 49] 2012. vi, 356 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0354 0 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7499 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Corpus linguistics || Discourse studies || Germanic linguistics 


Corpus & Computational 

corpus studies 

in contrastive linguistics 

Edited by Stefania Marzo, Kris Heylen 

and Gert De Sutter 

KU Leuven / University College Ghent/Ghent University 

Contrastive Linguistics, like other linguistic disciplines, 

is becoming more and more data-oriented, relying 

increasingly on the statistical analysis of corpus data to 

reveal and investigate the similarities and dissimilarities 

between languages. The volume Corpus Studies in Contrastive 

Linguistics illustrates this current trend with a 

representative sample of contrastive linguistic case studies. 

These cover a range of linguistic phenomena (syntax, 

modality and discourse) and pursue diff erent types of 

research questions (grammaticalization, pragmatic 

function, stylistic function, typological profi le). Accordingly, 

they use diff erent types of corpora: contemporary 

and historical texts, written and spoken discourse, and 

various text types, such as academic discourse and political 

discourse. Five diff erent languages are represented 

(English, French, Dutch, Spanish and Lithuanian) with 

English as a language of comparison in each contribution. 

The studies all show that quantitative analyses are 

not at odds with insightful qualitative interpretations or 

functional approaches to language, but rather complement 

each other. This volume was orginally published as 

a special issue of International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 

15:2 (2010). 

Contributions by: B. Defrancq & G. De Sutter; A. Fetzer & 

M. Johansson; I. Kanté; S. Marzo, K. Heylen & G. De Sutter; 

D. Noël & T. Colleman; A. Usonien ˙ e & A. Soliene; I.A. Williams. 


120.00 

Hb 978 90 272 0262 8 eUR 80.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7377 2 eUR 80.00 / usd 120.00 

|| Comparative linguistics || Corpus linguistics 


Developmental and crosslinguistic perspectives 

in learner corpus Research 

Edited by Yukio Tono, Yuji Kawaguchi and Makoto Minegishi 

Tokyo University of Foreign Studies 

This volume provides a state-of-the-art overview of current research and 

developments on the use of learner corpora perceived from developmental and 

crosslinguistic perspectives. The book is divided into two parts. The eleven 

contributions of Part I investigate the development of English language skills 

of young learners across seven countries/regions on the basis of a new corpus 

resource called the International Corpus of Crosslinguistic Interlanguage 

(ICCI). Part II contains seven papers devoted to other varieties of learner corpora, 

especially spoken learner corpora and learner corpora of languages other 

than English. Presenting original research in corpus linguistics, this book will 

be of interest to researchers and postgraduates in the fi elds of learner corpus 

research and second language acquisition and those who wish to apply corpus 

methodology in teaching and learning. 

Contributions by: P. Buttery & A. Caines; S. Detey; M.B. Díez-Bedmar & P. Pérez-Paredes; 

H. Hong; I. Kameyama; M. Kondo; A. Lenko-Szymanska; T. Levitzky-Aviad; Y. Liu & 

H. Zhang; M. Minegishi; P. Pérez-Paredes & M.B. Díez-Bedmar; I. Racine; H. Saito; 

N. Saville; B. Schiftner & T. Rankin; A. Shih & M. Ma; K. Sugiyama; A. Suzuki & T. Umino; 

Y. Tono; Y. Tono, Y. Kawaguchi & M. Minegishi; A. Yoshitomi. 

[Tokyo University of Foreign Studies, 4] 2012. vi, 361 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0771 5 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

☞ 


“ The six articles in this 

volume illustrate very 

clearly the power of 

quantitative corpus-based 

approaches in revealing 

cross-linguistic similarities 

and diff erences across 

a range of fi ve European 

languages. The book will 

be essential reading for 

anyone wishing to explore 

how computer-based 

analysis of texts can help 

us to understand the complexities 

of interlinguistic 

patterns. ” 

chris butler, 

University of Swansea 

For sale in all countries except Japan. For customers in Japan: 

please contact Yushodo Co. 

|| Applied linguistics || Computational & corpus linguistics || Language acquisition 

experiments in cultural language evolution 

Edited by Luc Steels 

ICREA, Institute for Evolutionary Biology (UPF-CSIC), Barcelona and Sony 

Computer Science Laboratory Paris 

The fascinating question of the origins and evolution of language 

has been drawing a lot of attention recently, not only from linguists, 

but also from anthropologists, evolutionary biologists, and brain 

scientists. This groundbreaking book explores the cultural side 

of language evolution. It proposes a new overarching framework 

based on linguistic selection and self-organization and explores it 

in depth through sophisticated computer simulations and robotic 

experiments. Each case study investigates how a particular type of 

language system can emerge in a population of language game playing 

agents and how it can continue to evolve in order to cope with 

changes in ecological conditions. Case studies cover on the one hand 

the emergence of concepts and words for proper names, color terms, 

names for bodily actions, spatial terms and multi-dimensional 

words. The second set of experiments focuses on the emergence 

of grammar, specifi cally case grammar for expressing argument 

structure, functional grammar for expressing diff erent uses of 

spatial relations, internal agreement systems for marking constituent 

structure, morphological expression of aspect, and quantifi ers 

expressed as articles. The book is ideally suited as study material for 

an advanced course on language evolution and it will be of interest 

to anyone who wonders how human languages may have originated. 

Contributions by: K. Beuls, L. Steels & S. Höfer; J. Bleys; K. Gerasymova, 

M. Spranger & K. Beuls; S. Pauw & J. Hilferty; M. Spranger; M. Spranger & 

L. Steels; L. Steels; L. Steels & M. Loetzsch; L. Steels & M. Spranger; R. van Trijp; 

P. Wellens & M. Loetzsch. 

[Advances in Interaction Studies, 3] 2012. xii, 306 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0456 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7495 3 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Computational & corpus linguistics || Evolution of language 

|| Interaction Studies || Theoretical linguistics 

mapping unity and Diversity world-wide 

Corpus-Based Studies of New Englishes 

Edited by Marianne Hundt and Ulrike Gut 

University of Zurich / University of Muenster 

This volume presents a collection of in-depth cross-varietal studies on a 

broad spectrum of grammatical features in English varieties spoken all over 

the world. The contributions explore the structural unity and diversity of 

New Englishes and thus investigate central aspects of dialect evolution and 

language change. Moreover, this volume off ers new insights into the question 

as to what constrains new dialect formation, and examines universal trends 

across a wide range of contact situations. The contributions in this volume 

further study the possibilities and limitations of quantitative and qualitative 

corpus analyses in comparative studies of New Englishes and exemplify novel 

approaches, e.g. the contribution of syntactic corpus annotation (tagging and 

parsing) to the description of New English structures; the use (and limitations) 

of web-derived data as an additional source of information; and the possibility 

to complement corpus data with evidence from sociolinguistic fi eldwork. 

Contributions by: J. van der Auwera, D. Noël & A.D. Wit; P. Collins & X. Yao; D. Deuber, 

C. Biewer, S. Hackert & M. Hilbert; U. Gut & L. Coronel; M. Hilbert & M.G. Krug; M. Hundt 

& U. Gut; N. Höhn; C. Mair & C. Winkle; G. Nelson & R. Hongtao; M. Schilk, T. Bernaisch & 

J. Mukherjee; G. Schneider & M. Hundt; L. Zipp & T. Bernaisch. 

[Varieties of English Around the World, G43] 2012. xiv, 294 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4903 6 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7494 6 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 

|| English linguistics || Germanic linguistics || Sociolinguistics and Dialectology 

|| Theoretical linguistics

astronomy ‘playne and simple’ 

The writing of science between 1700 and 1900 

agency in the emergence 

of creole languages 

The role of women, renegades, and people of African 

and indigenous descent in the emergence of the 

colonial era creoles 

Edited by Nicholas Faraclas 

Universidad de Puerto Rico, Río Piedras 

This book is a ‘must read’ for those who are looking for fresh perspectives 

on the process of creolization of language. Focusing on 

peoples whose agency has too often been rendered invisible in colonial 

and neo-colonial history and on voices which have too often 

been silenced in linguistic accounts of creole genesis, this volume 

considers socio-historical and linguistic evidence that attests to the 

important roles played in the emergence of the Atlantic and Pacifi c 

Creoles by marginalized populations, such as women and people 

of non-European descent. In this work, the authors amass and 

critically analyze a wealth of compelling data not only from phonology, 

morpho-syntax, pragmatics, and descriptive, theoretical, 

and applied linguistics, but also from history, economics, political 

science, sociology, anthropology, and critical theory to demonstrate 

how enterprising women, rebellious slaves, insubordinate sailors, 

and a host of other renegades and maroons had a major impact on 

the creolized societies, cultures, and languages of the colonial era 

Atlantic and Pacifi c. 

Contributions by: N. Faraclas; N. Faraclas, M. Corum, R. Arrindell & J.O. Pierre; 

N. Faraclas, M. Crouch, D.U. Mopsus, M. Corum, B. Green, C. Paulk, 

C. Hendon & J. Verdin; N. Faraclas & M.V.B.d. Luna; C. González-López, 

L.G. Cotto, P.A.L. Zambrana, M. Corum, D.U. Mopsus, R. Arrindell, 

J.O. Pierre, M.V.B.d. Luna & N. Faraclas; M.V.B.d. Luna & N. Faraclas; 

P.A.L. Zambrana, L.G. Cotto, D.U. Mopsus, S.C.D. Jesús, C. González-López, 

B. Domínguez, M. Corum, A. Vergne & N. Faraclas. 

[Creole Language Library, 45] 2012. xiii, 246 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 5268 5 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7379 6 eUR 105.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Contact Linguistics || Creole studies || Historical linguistics 


Including CD-Rom: A Corpus of English Texts on Astronomy (CETA) 

☞ 

Historical Linguistics 

“ This collection of 

original and provocative 

essays off ers fresh and 

powerful insights into 

the contributions made 

by marginalized groups 

to every aspect of Caribbean 

societies, especially 

language. ” 

Don winford, 

Ohio State University 

“ This volume presents 

data on hitherto largely 

ignored elements in 

Creole formation: the 

role of women, indigenous 

Americans and 

buccaneers among them. 

A welcome contribution 

to our growing understanding 

of this fascinating 

discipline. ” 

ian hancock, 

University of Texas at Austin 

Quantitative approaches 

to linguistic Diversity 

Commemorating the centenary of the birth of 

Morris Swadesh 

Edited by Søren Wichmann and Anthony P. Grant 

MPI for Evolutionary Anthropology & Leiden University / 

Edge Hill University 

Quantitative methods in 

linguistics, which the protean 

American structuralist linguist 

Morris Swadesh introduced in 

the 1950s, have become increasingly 

popular and have opened 

the world of languages to 

interdisciplinary approaches. 

The papers collected here are 

the work not only of descriptive 

and historical linguists, 

but also statisticians, physicists 

and computer scientists. They 

demonstrate the application 

of quantitative methods to 

the elucidation of linguistic 

prehistory on an unprecedented world-wide scale, providing 

cutting-edge insights into issues of the linguistic correlates 

of subsistence strategies, rates of birth and extinction of languages, 

lexical borrowability, the identifi cation of language 

family homelands, the assessment of genealogical relationships, 

and the development of new phylogenetic methods 

appropriate for linguistic data. 

Originally published in Diachronica 27:2 (2010). 

Contributions by: A.P. Grant; H. Hammarström; P. Heggarty; 

E.W. Holman; J. Sullivan & A. McMahon; U. Tadmor, M. Haspelmath 

& B. Taylor; F. Tria, E. Caglioti, V. Loreto & A. Pagnani; S. Wichmann, 

A. Müller & V. Velupillai. 

[Benjamins Current Topics, 46] 2012. x, 182 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0265 9 eUR 85.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7335 2 eUR 85.00 / usd 



Edited by Isabel Moskowich and Begoña Crespo 

University of A Coruña 

Compiled by Isabel Moskowich, Inés Lareo, Gonzalo Camiña Rioboo and Begoña Crespo 

The Corpus of English Texts on Astronomy (CETA) is part of the 

Coruña Corpus of English Scientifi c Writing (CC). CETA has been 

compiled for the description of English Astronomy writing 

between 1700 and 1900, from a synchronic and a diachronic 

perspective. 

Since the CC was designed in 2003 with a sampling method 

by which extracts of 10,000 words were selected, this method 

has been followed in CETA, with samples from 42 diff erent 

authors both from Europe and North America. Some extralinguistic 

parameters, such as year of publication, sex, geographical 

provenance and text-types/genres have been considered 

for text selection. According to late Modern English text typology, 

the samples in CETA can be grouped in eight diff erent 

categories and such categories, as well as some other metadata 

information, can be used to search the corpus. 

128.00 

128.00 

CETA is released on CD-Rom with Coruña Corpus Tool (CCT), 

purpose-designed software by IrLab. It is accompanied by 

the volume Astronomy ‘playne and simple’, which includes 

descriptions of some of the texts compiled in CETA, together 

with a number of pilot studies using these texts. 

Contributions by: F. Alonso-Almeida; D. Banks; J.C. Beal; G. Camiña; 

P. Cantos & N. Vázquez; B. Crespo; B. Gray & D. Biber; I. Lareo; 

I. Moskowich; L.I. Rábade. 

2012. xi, 240 pp. (incl. CD-Rom) 

Hb 978 90 272 1194 1 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7250 8 eUR 105.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 

|| Corpus linguistics || Electronic/Multimedia Products || English 

linguistics || Germanic linguistics || Historical linguistics 



the transmission of anglo-norman 

Language history and language acquisition 

Richard Ingham 


This investigation contributes to issues in the study of 

second language transmission by considering the welldocumented 

historical case of Anglo-Norman. Within a few 

generations of the establishment of this variety, its phonology 

diverged sharply from that of continental French, yet 

core syntactic distinctions continued to be reliably transmitted. 

The dissociation of phonology from syntax transmission 

is related to the age of exposure to the language in the 

experience of ordinary users of the language. The input 

provided to children acquiring language in a naturalistic 

communicative setting, even though one of a school institution, 

enabled them to acquire target-like syntactic properties 

of the inherited variety. In addition, it allowed change to 

take place along the lines of transmission by incrementation. 

A linguistic environment combining the ‘here-and-now’ 

aspects of ordinary fi rst language acquisition with the growing 

cognitive complexity of an educational meta-language 

appears to have been adequate for this variety to be transmitted 

as a viable entity that encoded the public life of England 

for centuries. 

[Language Faculty and Beyond, 9] 

2012. xii, 172 pp. + index 

149.00 

Hb 978 90 272 0826 2 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7334 5 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

|| English linguistics || Historical linguistics 

|| Language acquisition || Theoretical linguistics 


the Dialect laboratory 

Dialects as a testing ground for theories of 

language change 

Edited by Gunther De Vogelaer and Guido Seiler 

University of Münster / University of Freiburg 

Much theorizing in language change research is made without 

taking into account dialect data. Yet, dialects seem to be 

superior data to build a theory of linguistic change on, since 

dialects are relatively free of standardization and therefore 

more tolerant of variant competition in grammar. In addition, 

as compared to most cross-linguistic and diachronic 

data, dialect data are unusually high in resolution. This 

book shows that the study of dialect variation has indeed the 

potential, perhaps even the duty, to play a central role in the 

process of fi nding answers to fundamental questions of theoretical 

historical linguistics. It includes contributions which 

relate a clearly formulated theoretical question of historical 

linguistic interest with a well-defi ned, solid empirical base. 

The volume discusses phenomena from diff erent domains 

of grammar (phonology, morphology and syntax) and a wide 

variety of languages and language varieties in the light of 

several current theoretical frameworks. 

Contributions by: D.S. Bigham; L. Clark; G. De Vogelaer & G. Seiler; 

I. Fernández-Ordóñez; M. Gibson; A.N. Lenz; M. Mazaudon; K. Park; 

C. Pons-Moll; R. Vosters; K. Watanabe; H. Weiß. 


2012. vi, 297 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0595 7 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7347 5 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Historical linguistics || Sociolinguistics and Dialectology 



☞ 

“ This macro study of a dialect 

of medieval French draws on 

Anglo-Norman (AN) written 

texts spanning several centuries 

to consider the intersection 

of diachronic change and 

“exceptional” child language 

acquisition. [...] Ingham’s study 

is valuable both as a contribution 

to theoretical scholarship 

in diachronic change, language 

acquisition and transmission, 

and as a source of documentation 

of Anglo-Norman corpora, 

particularly those available in 

searchable electronic form. ” 

julia herschensohn, 

University of Washington 

“ This contribution to 

diachronic research demonstrates 

the importance of the 

dynamics of language use, by 

which a marked form over time 

becomes the unmarked option. 

Presenting an impressive range 

of contemporary and historical 

data, the study makes a very 

strong case for the signifi cance 

of pragmatics in grammar 

change. ” 

Richard p. ingham, 


grammaticalization 

and language change 

New refl ections 

Edited by Kristin Davidse, Tine Breban, 

Lieselotte Brems and Tanja Mortelmans 

University of Leuven / University of Antwerp 

In collaboration with Bert Cornillie, Hubert Cuyckens 

and Torsten Leuschner 

This collective volume focuses on the latest developments 

in the study of grammaticalization and related processes of 

change such as degrammaticalization, constructionalization, 

lexicalization, and petrifi cation. It addresses topical issues 

relating to the motivations, sources, defi ning features, and 

outcomes of these changes. New theoretical refl ections are 

off ered on the pragmatic motivation of grammaticalization 

paths, process-oriented diff erences between grammaticalization, 

lexicalization and degrammaticalization, the question 

of gradualness and pace of grammaticalization, and deictics as 

a distinct source of grammaticalization. The articles describe 

various constructional and distributional changes aff ecting 

deictics, determiners, refl exives, clitics, nouns, affi xes, adverbs 

and (auxiliary) verbs, mainly in the Germanic and Romance 

languages. The volume will be of great interest to historical 

linguists working on grammaticalization and related changes, 

and to all linguists working on the interface between morphosyntax, 

semantics, pragmatics and discourse. 

Contributions by: T. Breban, J. Vanderbiesen, K. Davidse, L. Brems & 

T. Mortelmans; L.J. Brinton; W. De Mulder & B. Lamiroy; H. Diessel; 

G. Diewald & E. Smirnova; R. Eckardt; C. Melis & M. Flores; M. Norde; 

P. Ronan; V.V. Rozas & M.G. Salido; G. Trousdale; R. Waltereit. 


2012. viii, 322 pp. + index 

149.00 

Hb 978 90 272 0597 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7323 9 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

|| Functional linguistics || Historical linguistics 



Refl exive marking 

in the history of french 

Richard Waltereit 

Newcastle University 

☞ 

While French refl exive clitics have been widely studied, other 

forms of expressing co-reference within the clause have not 

received much attention. This monograph off ers a diachronic 

study of the wider system of clause-mate co-reference in 

French, including the stressed pronouns, their suffi xed form 

{soi/lui/elle}-même, and also the intensifi er use of the latter. Its 

empirical backbone is a corpus analysis of the gradual replacement 

of stressed refl exive soi with the personal pronoun lui/elle 

from Old to Modern French. Apart from off ering insights into 

the history of the language, this is important for current issues 

in theoretical linguistics, in particular binding, specifi city, and 

the interaction of grammar and discourse. Within a cognitivesemantic 

framework, a number of analyses will help elucidate 

some long-standing puzzles in the study of French refl exives, 

while contributing to the wider theory of refl exivity and 

related issues. This book is of interest to the fi elds of French linguistics, 

semantics, discourse studies, and historical linguistics. 


2012. x, 225 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0594 0 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7367 3 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Historical linguistics || Romance linguistics || Semantics 

|| Syntax || Theoretical linguistics

Make Peace and Take Victory 

Support verb constructions in Old English in 

comparison with Old Irish 

Patricia Ronan 

This corpus-based study examines the use of support verb 

constructions in Old English and Old Irish. It determines 

in how far these constructions can be seen as a means to 

off er semantic specifi cation of existing verbal expressions. 

The study further investigates whether support verb constructions 

may be employed to create periphrastic verbal 

expressions to denote concepts for which no simple verb 

exists in the language at that stage. This latter situation 

may particularly arise as a consequence of contact with new 

cultural concepts. The approach of the study is both qualitative 

and quantitative. It compares the use of the Old English 

constructions to corresponding Old Irish structures as 

well as to other language varieties, especially Present Day 

English, which has a considerably more analytic morphological 

structure than either of the two medieval languages. 

[NOWELE Supplement Series, 24] 2012. xiv, 251 pp. 

Pb 978 87 7674 632 2 eUR 47.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7271 3 eUR 47.00 / usd 

neW journal 2013 

nowele 

North-Western European Language Evolution 

Managing Editor: Hans Frede Nielsen 


Editors: John Ole Askedal, Michael Barnes, 

Rolf H. Bremmer, Jr. and Kurt Gustav Goblirsch 

University of Oslo / University College London / 

Leiden University / University of South Carolina 

NOWELE: North-Western European Language Evolution is an 

interdisciplinary journal, with an associated book series, 

devoted not only to the study of the early and more recent 

history of a locally determined group of languages, but 

also to the study of purely theoretical questions concerning 

language development. 




Libraries and Institutions eur 140.00 (print + online) 

eur 136.00 (online-only) 

Private subscriptions eur 55.00 (print + online) 

|| Germanic linguistics || Historical linguistics 


nowele supplement series 

Edited by Erik W. Hansen and Hans Frede Nielsen (University of Southern Denmark) 

NOWELE and the NOWELE Supplement Series deal with all aspects of the histories of – and with intra- and extra-linguistic 

factors contributing to change and variation within – Icelandic, Faroese, Norwegian, Swedish, Danish, Frisian, Dutch, German, 

English, Gothic and the Early Runic language. Studies involving past and present neighbouring languages such as Celtic, Finnish, 

Lithuanian, Russian and French, in so far as these have played and are playing a role in the development or present status of 

north-western European languages through contact, are also included. Within the outlined framework, analyses based on classical 

philological principles, studies of a minute detail, be it a socio-historical phenomenon or a theoretical concept, as well as analyses 

dealing with a larger group of phenomena or with the problems which a theory may present may be accepted. 

issn: 0900-8675 || Germanic linguistics || Historical linguistics 

71.00 

71.00 

|| Celtic languages || English linguistics 

|| Germanic linguistics || Historical linguistics || Syntax 

In the NOWELE Supplement Series the following titles have been published: 

23 Fix, Hans (Hrsg.): Beiträge zur Morphologie. Germanisch, Baltisch, Ostseefi nnisch. Odense, 

2007. viii, 484 pp. 

22 Pons-Sanz, Sara M.: Norse-derived Vocabulary in late Old English Texts. Wulfstan’s works, a case 

story. Odense, 2007. xviii, 318 pp. 

21 Nielsen, Hans Frede: From Dialect to Standard. English in England 1154–1776. Odense, 2005. 

xx, 300 pp. 

20 Kries, Susanne: Skandinavisch-schottische Sprachbeziehungen im Mittelalter. Der altnordische 

lehneinfl uss. Odense, 2003. xii, 500 pp. 

19 Nielsen, Hans Frede: The Continental Backgrounds of English and its Insular Development 

until 1154. Odense, 1998. xiv, 234 pp. 

18 Faltings, Volkert F., Alastair G.H. Walker und Ommo Wilts (Hrsg.): Friesische Studien III. 

Beiträge des Föhrer Symposiums zur Friesischen Philologie vom 11.–12. April 1996. Odense, 

1997. viii, 205 pp. 

17 Nielsen, Hans Frede and Lene Schøsler (eds.): The Origins and Development of Emigrant 

Languages. Proceedings from the Second Rasmus Rask Colloqium, Odense University, November 

1994. Odense, 1996. xi, 318 pp. 

16 Boutkan, Dirk: A Concise Grammar of the Old Frisian Dialect of the First Riustring Manuscript. 

Odense, 1996. 203 pp. 

15 Schwyter, Jürg R.: Old English Legal Language. The lexical fi eld of theft. Odense, 1996. 197 pp. 

14 Faltings, Volkert F.: Nordfriesische Grabhügelnamen mit anthroponymem Erstglied. Zur form 

und fl exion älterer nordfriesischer rufnamen. Odense, 1996. vi, 186 pp. 

13 Askedal, John Ole, Harald Bjorvand und Ottar Grønvik (Hrsg.): Drei Studien zum 

Germanischen in alter und neuer Zeit. Odense, 1995. vi, 146 pp. 

12 Faltings, Volkert F., Alastair G.H. Walker und Ommo Wilts (Hrsg.): Friesische Studien II. 

Beiträge des Föhrer Symposiums zur Friesischen Philologie vom 7.–8. April 1994. Odense, 1995. 

vi, 221 pp. 

11 Syrett, Martin: The Unaccented Vowels of Proto-Norse. Odense, 1994. 323 pp. 

10 Goblirsch, Kurt Gustav: Consonant Strength in Upper German Dialects. Odense, 1994. vi, 127 pp. 

9 Lundskær-Nielsen, Tom: Prepositions in Old and Middle English. A study of prepositional syntax 

and the semantics of At, In and On in some Old and Middle English texts. Odense, 1993. x, 206 pp. 

8 Faltings, Volkert F., Alastair G.H. Walker und Ommo Wilts (Hrsg.): Friesische Studien I. 

Beiträge des Föhrer Symposiums zur Friesischen Philologie vom 10.–11. Oktober 1991. Odense, 

1992. viii, 203 pp. 

7 Bremmer, Jr., Rolf H. und Arend Quak (Hrsg.): Zur Phonologie und Morphologie des 

Altniederländischen. Odense, 1992. iv, 123 pp. 

6 Bremmer, Jr., Rolf H.: A Bibliographical Guide to Old Frisian Studies. Odense, 1992. xvi, 197 pp. 

5 Taken from program. 

4 Morris, Richard L.: Runic and Mediterranean Epigraphy. Odense, 1988. xii, 177 pp. 

3 Rendboe, Laurits: Det Gamle Shetlandske Sprog. George Low’s ordliste fra 1774. Odense, 1987. 

xiv, 129 pp. 

2 Nielsen, Hans Frede and Erik W. Hansen: Irregularities in Modern English. Second edition 

revised by Erik Hansen. Revised by: Erik W. Hansen. Odense, 2007. xii, 382 pp. 

1 Jørgensen, Ove: Alfred den Store, Danmarks geografi . En undersøgelse af fi re afsnit i Den gamle 

engelske Orosius. Odense, 1985. x, 166 pp. 

John Benjamins took over sales and distribution of the print back volumes of the journal 

and the supplement series from University Press of Southern Denmark. 

In addition, electronic editions are available. Please go to www.benjamins.com 



english historical linguistics 2010 

Selected Papers from the Sixteenth International Conference 

on English Historical Linguistics 

(ICEHL 16), Pécs, 23-27 August 2010 

Edited by Irén Hegedűs and Alexandra Fodor 

University of Pécs / Eötvös Loránd University / University of Helsinki 

The volume brings together seventeen peer-reviewed, revised papers 

originally presented at the 16th International Conference on English 

Historical Linguistics (ICEHL 16), held in August 2010 at the University of 

Pécs, Hungary. This selection aims to show how theoretical and empirical 

approaches can be combined in the historical investigation of the English 

language, what insights and exact information can be obtained about 

language change in the history of English with the help of tools like historical 

corpora or with inter- and transdisciplinary methods. The volume 

is arranged around fi ve thematic headings. The fi rst discusses dialects and 

regional variation from the viewpoint of contact linguistics and phonological, 

morphological, and lexical change. The second has syntactic variation 

and grammaticalization as its focus. Papers on grammatical changes 

in nominal and pronominal constructions are presented in part three. The 

integration of loanwords in Middle English is discussed in part four, and 

the last investigates communicative intentions in historical discourse. 

The volume should appeal to linguists interested in historical aspects of 

dialect and discourse studies, historical pragmatics, contact linguistics, 

grammaticalization theory, corpus linguistics, and of course language 

change. 

Contributions by: K. Chaemsaithong; M. Chambers & L. Sylvester; C. Claridge; 

F. Colman; M. Davies; F. Dolberg; T. Egan; A. Haselow; R. Hotta; J. Huber; S. Lodej; 

A. Lutz; R. Molencki; H.F. Nielsen; M. Rissanen; R. Shibasaki; J. Welna. 


2012. xix, 370 pp. + index 

158.00 

Hb 978 90 272 4843 5 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7319 2 eUR 105.00 / usd 158.00 

|| English linguistics || Germanic linguistics || Historical linguistics 




Selected papers from the fi fteenth International Conference on 

English Historical Linguistics (ICEHL 15), Munich, 24-30 August 2008 

Volume II: Words, texts and genres 

Edited by Hans Sauer and Gaby Waxenberger 

Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München 

The fi fteen papers selected for Volume II of English Historical Linguistics 2008 have a 

diff erent emphasis than those in Volume I (CILT 314, Lenker et al. 2010). Nine concentrate 

on the development of the English vocabulary and six on historical text 

linguistics, including the development of text-types and of politeness strategies. 

Of those in the former group, three have their emphasis on etymology, three on 

semantic fi elds, and three on word-formation, although some cover more than one 

of these areas. The topics include: the treatment of etymological problems in the 

OED; deverbal derivations formed from native verbs and from loan-verbs; the role 

of metaphor and metonymy in the evolution of word-fi elds. The fi eld of historical 

text linguistics is introduced by a general survey, which is followed by more specifi c 

studies focussing on 15th-century legal and administrative texts from Scotland, on 

early 15th-century women’s mystical writings, on medical recipes from the 16th to 

the 18th centuries and on pauper letters from 18th-century Essex. 

The book should appeal to scholars interested in English etymology, the history 

of semantic fi elds and of word-formation, as well as in historical text linguistics, 

politeness strategies and standardization. It provides not only theoretical considerations 

but also a wealth of case studies. 

Contributions by: M. Bilynsky; C. Broccias; K. Chaemsaithong; P.S. Cohen; G. Dimkovic- 

Telebakovic; P. Durkin; A. Gardner; C.A. Hough; T. Kohnen; J. Kopaczyk; S. Lodej; M. Ogura & 

W.S. Wang; I. Ortega-Barrera; P. Thompson; F. Yoshikawa. 


2012. xviii, 271 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4842 8 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7357 4 eUR 105.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 


ReLAteD tItLe 


Selected papers from the fi fteenth International Conference on 

English Historical Linguistics (ICEHL 15), Munich, 24-30 August 

2008. 

Volume I: The history of English verbal and nominal constructions 

Edited by Ursula Lenker, Judith Huber and Robert Mailhammer 

Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt 

The fourteen studies selected for this volume – all of them peer-reviewed versions 

of papers presented at the 15th International Conference on English Historical 

Linguistics 2008 (23–30 August) at the University of Munich – investigate syntactic 

variation and change in the history of English from two perspectives that are crucial 

to explaining language change, namely the analysis of usage patterns and the social 

motivations of language change. Documenting the way syntactic elements have 

changed their combinatory preferences in fi ne-grained corpus studies renders the 

opportunity to catch language change in actu. A majority of studies in this book 

investigate syntactic change in the history of English from this viewpoint using a 

corpus-based approach, focusing on verbal constructions, modality and developments 

in the English noun phrase. 

The book is of primary interest to linguists interested in current research in the 

history of English syntax. Its empirical richness is an excellent source for teaching 

English Historical Syntax. 

Contributions by: M. Akimoto; A. Bartnik; J. Close & B. Aarts; T. Egan; N. Johannesson; T. 

Juvonen; M. Laing; U. Lenker, J. Huber & R. Mailhammer; J. Nykiel; M. Ohkado; J. Rudanko; E. 

Sellgren; R. Straaijer; A. Van linden; I. Wischer. 

[Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, 314] 2010. vii, 281 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4832 9 eUR 105.00 / 978 90 272 4832 9 usd 158.00 

90 272 8779 3 eUR 105.00 / 978 90 272 8779 3 usd 158.00 

e-book 978 

EEEEEE EEEEE 

|| English linguistics || Germanic linguistics || Historical linguistics

language contact and Development 

around the north sea 

Edited by Merja Stenroos, Martti Mäkinen 

and Inge Særheim 

University of Stavanger / Hanken School of Economics, Helsinki 

This volume brings together eleven studies on the history 

of language and writing in the North Sea area, with focus 

on contacts and interchanges through time. Its range spans 

from the investigation of pre-Germanic place-names to present-day 

Shetland; the materials studied include glosses, legal 

and trade documents as well as place names and modern dialects. 

The volume is unique in its combination of linguistics 

and place-name studies with literacy studies, which allows 

for a very dynamic picture of the history of language contact 

and texts in the North Sea area. Diff erent approaches come 

together to illuminate a major insight: the omnipresence of 

multilingualism as a context for language development and 

a formative characteristic of literacy. Among the contributors 

are experts on English, Nordic and German language history. 

The book will be of interest to a wide range of scholars 

and students working on the history of Northern European 

languages, literacy studies and language contact 

Contributions by: M. Cole; C. DiSciacca; J.R. Hagland; C.A. Hough; 

K. Killie; M. Lorvik; G. Melchers; A. Nesse; I. Særheim; J. Udolph; 

L. Wright. 

[Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, 321] 2012. xvi, 235 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4839 8 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7466 3 eUR 105.00 / usd 

158.00 

158.00 


historical linguistics 2009 

Selected papers from the 19th International 

Conference on Historical Linguistics, Nijmegen, 

10-14 August 2009 

Edited by Ans van Kemenade and Nynke de Haas 

Radboud University Nijmegen 

The International Conference on Historical Linguistics has 

always been a forum that refl ects the general state of the art 

in the fi eld, and the 2009 edition, held in Nijmegen, The 

Netherlands, fully allows the conclusion that the fi eld has been 

thriving over the years. The studies presented in this volume 

are an expression of ongoing theoretical discussions as well as 

new analytical approaches to the study of issues concerning 

language change. Taken together, they refl ect some of the current 

challenges in the fi eld, as well as the opportunities off ered 

by judicious use of theoretical models and careful corpus-based 

work. The volume’s contributions are organized under the 

following headings: I. General and Specifi c Issues of Language 

Change, II. Linguistic Variation and Change in Germanic, III. 

Linguistic Variation and Change in Greek, and IV. Linguistic 

Change in Romance. 

Contributions by: T. Biberauer; V. Bubenik; H. Burnett & M. Tremblay; 

C.J. Conradie; A. Cooper & E. Georgala; E. Cormany; L. Esher; 

J. Gvozdanovic; M.J. Hertzenberg; J. Hoeksema & A. Schippers; 

E. Hoekstra, B. Slofstra & A. Versloot; A. Kirk; I. Larsson; E.M. Petzell; 

G. Stell; R. Vosters, G. Rutten & W. Vandenbussche; J. Whitman; 

M.E. Winters & G.S. Nathan; Y. Yanagida. 

[Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, 320] 2012. xxi, 404 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4838 1 eUR 110.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7480 9 eUR 110.00 / usd 


165.00 

165.00 

History of Linguistics 

bibliografía cronológica de la lingüística, la gramática y la 

lexicografía del español (bicRes iV) 

Desde el año 1801 hasta el año 1860 

Miguel Ángel Esparza Torres y Hans-Josef Niederehe 

Universidad Rey Juan Carlos / Universidad de Tréveris 

Con la colaboración de Adrián Alvarez Fernández, Elena Battaner Moro, 

Vicente Calvo Fernández, Lamia Haouet Haouet y Susana Rodríguez Barcia 

Since the publication of the still very valuable Biblioteca 

histórica de la fi lología by Cipriano Muñoz y Manzano, conde 

de la Viñaza (Madrid, 1893), our knowledge of the history 

of the study of the Spanish language has grown considerably. 

It has been the purpose of BICRES I (from the early 

beginnings to 1600), published in 1994, to bring together 

already available bibliographical information with the more 

recent research fi ndings, scattered in many places, books and 

articles. BICRES II (covering the 1601–1700 period) followed 

in 1999 and BICRES III (including period 1701-1800) was 

published in 2005. 

Now, the fourth volume, arranged according to the same 

principles as those guiding the preceding volumes and covering 

the years from 1801 to 1860, has become available. 

Years of research in the major libraries of Spain and other 

European countries have gone into this new bibliography 

and relative sources of the Americas have also been covered, 

in order to off er — in an as exhaustive as possible fashion — 

a description of all Spanish grammars and dictionaries, histories of the Spanish language as well 

as studies devoted to particular facets of its evolution during the years 1801-1860. 

BICRES IV brings together in chronological order more than 3,279 titles. Access to the bibliographical 

information is facilitated by several detailed indexes, such as a short title index, a listing 

of printers, publishers and places of production, and an author index. 

[Studies in the History of the Language Sciences, 118] 2012. v, 696 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4609 7 eUR 110.00 / usd 165.00 

e-book 978 90 272 7486 1 165.00 

e-book 978 90 272 7486 1 eUR 110.00 / usd 

|| Bibliographies in linguistics || History of linguistics || Romance linguistics 

Previously published: 


lexicografía del español (bicRes iii). Desde el año 1701 hasta el año 1800 

Hans-Josef Niederehe 

[Studies in the History of the Language Sciences, 108] 2005. vi, 474 pp. 

90 272 4599 1 eUR 135.00 / 978 90 272 4599 1 usd 203.00 

Hb 978 

e-book 978 90 272 8532 4 eUR 135.00 / usd 

203.00 


lexicografía del español (bicRes ii). Desde el año 1601 hasta el año 1700 



Hb 978 90 272 4579 3 eUR 130.00 / 978 1 55619 635 5 usd 195.00 

e-book EEEEEEEE EEEE 978 90 272 8463 1 eUR 130.00 / usd 195.00 


lexicografía del español (bicRes). Desde los principios hasta el año 1600 



90 272 4563 2 eUR 130.00 / 978 1 55619 612 6 usd 195.00 

Hb 978 

195.00 

e-book 978 90 272 8495 2 eUR 130.00 / usd 

EEEEEEEE EEEE 

|| Bibliographies in linguistics || History of linguistics || Romance linguistics 


Translation & Terminology 

postcolonial polysystems 

The production and reception of translated children’s literature 

in South Africa 

Haidee Kruger 

North-West University, Vaal Triangle Campus 

Postcolonial Polysystems: The Production and Reception of Translated Children’s Literature 

in South Africa is an original and provocative contribution to the fi eld of 

children’s literature research and translation studies. It draws on a variety of 

methodologies to provide a perspective, both product- and process-oriented, 

on the ways in which translation contributes to the production of children’s 

literature in South Africa, with a special interest in language and power, as well 

as post- and neocolonial hybridity. The book explores the forces that aff ect the 

use of translation in producing children’s literature in various languages in 

South Africa, and shows how some of these forces precipitate in the selection, 

production and reception of translated children’s books in Afrikaans and English. 

It breaks new ground in its interrogation of aspects of translation theory 

within the multilingual and postcolonial context of South Africa, as well as in 

its innovative experimental investigation of the reception of domesticating 

and foreignising strategies in translated picture books. 

[Benjamins Translation Library, 105] 2012. xvii, 306 pp. + index 

143.00 

Hb 978 90 272 2455 2 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7298 0 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

|| Theoretical literature & literary studies || Translation studies 


post-socialist translation practices 

Ideological struggle in children’s literature 

Nike K. Pokorn 

University of Ljubljana 

The book Post-Socialist Translation Practices explores how Communism and Socialism, 

through their hegemonic pressure, found expression in translation practice 

from the moment of Socialist revolution to the present day. Based on extensive 

archival research in the archives of the Communist Party and on the interviews 

with translators and editors of the period the book attempts to outline the typical 

and defi ning features of the Socialist translatorial behaviour by re-reading 

more than 200 translations of children’s literature and juvenile fi ction published 

in the Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (SFRY). Despite the variety of different 

forms of censorship that the translators in all Socialist states were subject 

to, the book argues that Socialist translation in diff erent cultural and linguistic 

environments, especially where the Soviet model tried to impose itself, purged 

the translated texts of the same or similar elements, in particular of the religious 

presence. The book also traces how ideologically manipulated translations are 

still uncritically reprinted and widely circulated today. 

[Benjamins Translation Library, 103] 2012. viii, 186 pp. + index 

128.00 

Hb 978 90 272 2453 8 eUR 85.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7304 8 eUR 85.00 / usd 128.00 

|| Theoretical literature & literary studies || Translation studies 



on translator ethics 

Principles for mediation between cultures 

Anthony Pym 

Universitat Rovira i Virgili 

This is about people, not texts – a translator ethics seeks to embrace the intercultural 

identity of the translatory subject, in its full array of possible actions. 

Based on seminars originally given at the Collège International de Philosophie in 

Paris, this translation from French has been fully revised by the author and extended 

to include highly critical commentaries on activist translation theory, 

non-professional translation, interventionist practices, and the impact of new 

translation technologies. The result takes the traditional discussion of ethics 

into the way mediators can actively create cooperation between cultures, while 

at the same time addressing very practical questions such as when one should 

translate or not translate, how much translators should charge, or whose side 

they should be on. 

On Translator Ethics off ers a point of reference for the key debates in contemporary 

Translation Studies. 

[Benjamins Translation Library, 104] 2012. xii, 182 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 2454 5 eUR 80.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7299 7 eUR 80.00 / usd 

|| Translation studies 


120.00 

120.00 

coordinating participation 

in Dialogue interpreting 

Edited by Claudio Baraldi and Laura Gavioli 

Università di Modena e Reggio Emilia 

Dialogue interpreting, which takes place in institutional settings such as legal 

proceedings, healthcare contexts, work meetings or media talk, has attracted 

increasing attention in translation, language and communication studies. 

Drawing on transcribed sequences of authentic talk, this volume raises 

questions about aspects of interpreting that have been taken for granted, 

challenging preconceived notions about diff erences between professional 

and non-professional interpreting and pointing in new directions for future 

research. Collecting contributions from major scholars in the fi eld of dialogue 

interpreting and interaction studies, the volume off ers new insights into the 

relationship between interpreting and mediating. It addresses a wide readership, 

including students and scholars in translation and interpreting studies, 

mediation and negotiation studies, linguistics, sociology, communication 

studies, conversation analysis, discourse analysis. 

Contributions by: L. Anderson; C.V. Angelelli; C. Baraldi; C. Baraldi & L. Gavioli; L. Gavioli; 

I. Mason; B. Meyer; C. Penn & J. Watermeyer; F. Pöchhacker; F. Straniero Sergio; H. Tebble; 

V. Traverso; C. Wadensjö; D. Zorzi. 

[Benjamins Translation Library, 102] 2012. xii, 326 pp. + index 

143.00 

Hb 978 90 272 2452 1 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7307 9 eUR 95.00 / usd 143.00 

|| Interpreting || Pragmatics || Translation studies 


CoURse 

BooK 

Descriptive translation 

studies – and beyond 


Gideon Toury 

Tel Aviv University 

This is an expanded and slightly revised version of the book 

of the same title which caused quite a stir when it was fi rst 

published (1995). It thus refl ects an additional step in an ongoing 

research project which was launched in the 1970s. The 

main objective is to transcend the limitations of using descriptive 

methods as a mere ancillary tool and place a proper 

branch of DTS at the very heart of the discipline, between the 

theoretical and the applied branches. 

Throughout the book, theoretical and methodological discussions 

are illustrated by an assortment of case studies, the 

emphasis being on the need to take whatever one wishes to 

focus on within the contexts which are relevant to it. 

Part One discusses the pivotal position of the descriptive 

branch within Translation Studies, and Part Two then outlines 

a detailed rationale for that positioning. This, in turn, 

supplies a framework for the case studies comprising Part 

Three, where a number of exemplary issues are analysed and 

contextualized: texts and modes of translational behaviour 

are situated in their cultural setting, and textual components 

are related to their texts and then also to the cultural 

constellations in which they are embedded. All this leads 

to Part Four, which asks what the knowledge accumulated 

through descriptive studies of the kind advocated in the 

book is likely to yield in terms of both the theoretical and the 

applied branches of the fi eld. 

All in all: an innovative, thought-provoking book which no 

one with a keen interest in translation can aff ord to ignore. 

[Benjamins Translation Library, 100] 

2012. xv, 335 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 2448 4 eUR 95.00 / usd 

Pb 978 90 272 2449 1 eUR 33.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7459 5 eUR 95.00 / usd 



What the critics said about the fi rst edition: 

☞ 

143.00 

49.95 

143.00 

“ The revised version of this translation studies classic 

updates and refi nes many of the arguments that were so 

infl uential in revolutionizing the fi eld when the book 

fi rst appeared. One particularly interesting addition is 

the expanded discussion of the distinction between the 

translation act and the translation event. There is also an 

additional chapter on the concept of the translation problem. 

The book will be essential for all serious translation 

scholars. ” 

andrew chesterman, University of Helsinki 

“ Toury has written a highly thought-provoking book. It 

opens up new horizons not only to descriptive but also to 

applied translation studies. I hope the discussion between 

them will go on to their mutual benefi t. ” 

paul Kussmaul, Johannes Gutenberg-Universität Mainz 


R eV I s e D 

e D I t I o n s 

Translators through 

History, edited and 

directed by Jean Delisle 

and Judith Woodsworth, 

in collaboration with 

an international team 

of fi fty scholars, is now 

available in a new 

edition! 

translators through history 


Edited and directed by Jean Delisle 

and Judith Woodsworth 

University of Ottawa / Concordia University 

Revised and expanded by: Judith Woodsworth 

What the critics said about the fi rst edition: 

☞ 

CoURse 

BooK 

Acclaimed, when it fi rst appeared, as a seminal work – a groundbreaking 

book that was both informative and highly readable 

– Translators through History is being released in a new edition, 

substantially revised and expanded by Judith Woodsworth. 

Translators have played a key role in intellectual exchange 

through the ages and across borders. This account of how they 

have contributed to the development of languages, the emergence 

of literatures, the dissemination of knowledge and the 

spread of values tells the story of world culture itself. 

Content has been updated, new elements introduced and recent 

directions in translation scholarship incorporated, providing 

fresh insights and a more nuanced view of past events. The bibliography 

contains over 100 new titles and illustrations have been 

refreshed and enhanced. 

An invaluable tool for students, scholars and professionals in the 

fi eld of translation, the latest version of Translators through History 

remains a vital resource for researchers in other disciplines 

and a fascinating read for the wider public. 

[Benjamins Translation Library, 101] 2012. xxv, 337 pp. 

eUR 95.00 / 

eUR 33.00 / 

eUR 95.00 / 

Hb 978 90 272 2450 7 usd 

Pb 978 90 272 2451 4 usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7381 9 usd 

143.00 

49.95 

143.00 

|| History of linguistics || Translation studies 

“ Focusing on translators of diff erent nationalities playing 

various roles in history, Translators through History is a 

ground-breaking and valuable work – a must-read and major 

reference. ” 

lawrence wang-chi wong, The Chinese University of Hong Kong 

“ The pivotal role of translators is the unifying criterion 

of Delisle and Woodsworth’s seminal work on translation 

history: here translators are depicted as bearers of crucial 

historical developments, iconically represented in every 

chapter ... Taken together, these pictures build up a larger 

representation of history, as if in a mosaic, where every single 

component plays a fundamental role in the defi nition of the 

picture as a whole. ” 

mirella agorni, Università degli Studi di Bologna 

“ It is one of the most informative books I have ever read; not 

just informative about translation, but about every aspect of 

world culture and how it was spread. ” 

barbara wright, (in in other words no.8/9, 1997) 

“ Translation scholars and translation studies are now belatedly 

discovering the importance of the translator. Translators 

through History is an enormously valuable contribution 

towards redressing the balance. ” 

john milton, University of São Paulo 

“ The book as a whole is impressive, useful, and a surprisingly 

good read. ” 

Douglas Robinson, Lingnan University 



handbook of translation studies 

Edited by Yves Gambier and Luc van Doorslaer 


As a meaningful manifestation of how institutionalized the discipline has become, the new Handbook of 

Translation Studies is most welcome. It joins the other signs of maturation such as Summer Schools, the 

development of academic curricula, historical surveys, journals, book series, textbooks, terminologies, 

bibliographies and encyclopedias. 

The HTS aims at disseminating knowledge about translation and interpreting and providing easy access to 

a large range of topics, traditions, and methods to a relatively broad audience: not only students who often 

adamantly prefer such user-friendliness, researchers and lecturers in Translation Studies, Translation & 

Interpreting professionals; but also scholars and experts from other other disciplines disciplines (among which linguistics, sociology, 

history, psychology). In addition the HTS addresses any of those with a professional or personal inter- interest 

in the problems of translation, interpreting, localization, editing, etc., such as communication specialists, 

journalists, literary critics, editors, public servants, business managers, (intercultural) organization specialists, 

media specialists, marketing professionals. 

Moreover, The HTS off ers added value. First of all, it is the fi rst Handbook with this scope in Translation Studies that has 

both a print edition and an online version (see page 3). The advantages of an online version are obvious: it is more fl exible 

and accessible, and in addition, the entries can be regularly revised and updated. The Handbook is variously searchable: 

by article, by author, by subject. 

A second benefi t is the interconnection with the selection and organization principles of the online Translation Studies 

Bibliography (TSB). The taxonomy of the TSB has been partly applied to the selection of entries for the HTS. Moreover, many 

items in the reference lists are hyperlinked to the TSB, where the user can fi nd an abstract of a publication. 

All articles (between 500 and 6,000 words) are written by specialists in the diff erent subfi elds and are peer-reviewed. 

Last but not least, the usability, accessibility and fl exibility of the HTS depend on the commitment of people who agree 

that Translation Studies does matter. All users are therefore invited to share their feedback. Any questions, remarks and 

suggestions for improvement can be sent to the editorial team at hts@lessius.eu. 

Volume 1 

Contributions by: I. Čeňková; S. Aaltonen; F. Alves & J.L. Gonçalves; F. Alves & A. Hurtado Albir; C. Alvstad; R. Arrojo; A. Assis Rosa; M. Ballard; 

P. Bandia; L. Bowker & D. Fisher; S. Brownlie; M.T. Cabré Castellví; D. Cao; N.F. Chang; M. Cronin; H.V. Dam; D. Delabastita; E. Diriker; 

L. van Doorslaer; L. D’hulst; J. Díaz Cintas; J. Díaz Cintas & P. Orero; B. Englund Dimitrova; L. von Flotow; P. Flynn; D.A. Folaron; 

M.L. Forcada; C. Gagnon; Y. Gambier; D. Gouadec; S. Göpferich; S.L. Halverson; G. Hansen; E. Hertog; J. House; A. Hurtado Albir; 

R. Jääskeläinen; K. Kaindl; D. Kelly; K. Koskinen & O. Paloposki; P. Kussmaul; S. Laviosa; M. Lederer; L. Leeson & M. Vermeerbergen; 

K. Malmkjaer; D. Merkle; R. Meylaerts; J. Milton; S.L. Montgomery; C. Montini; J. Munday; J.A. Naudé; C. Nord; M. Olohan; F. Pöchhacker; 

R. Rabadán; A. Remael; M. Russo; K. Schubert; C. Schäff ner; R. Schäler; R. Setton; M. Shlesinger; M. Snell-Hornby; U. Stecconi; R. Stolze; 

J. Vandaele; M. Wolf; B. van Wyke. 

[Handbook of Translation Studies, 1] 2010. x, 458 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0331 1 eUR 105.00 / usd 

EEEEE e-book EEE 978 90 272 7376 5 eUR 105.00 / usd 

Volume 2 

158.00 

158.00 

Contributions by: B. Ahrens; R. Antonini; P. Bandia; J. Boase-Beier; A. Branchadell; H. Buzelin; A. Chesterman; S. Colina; D. Delabastita; 

D. Dizdar; L. van Doorslaer; P. Flynn & Y. Gambier; F.R. Jones; D. Katan; K. Koskinen; C. Koster; R. Leppihalme; K. Malmkjaer; C. Marinetti; 

R. Meylaerts; V. Montalt; B. Moser-Mercer; B. Mossop; S. O’Brien; C. O’Sullivan; O. Paloposki; N.K. Pokorn; C. Schäff ner; S. Simon; 

J. St. André; &. Tahir Gürçaglar; G. Toury; C. Valdés; J. Vandaele; C. Wadensjö. 

[Handbook of Translation Studies, 2] 2011. x, 197 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0332 8 eUR 90.00 / usd 

EEEEE e-book EEE 978 90 272 7375 8 eUR 90.00 / usd 

Forthcoming: Volume 3 

135.00 

135.00 

Contributions by: C.V. Angelelli; S. Basalamah; S. Baumgarten; A. Chesterman; K. Conway; D. Dizdar; L. van Doorslaer; Y. Gambier; D. Gile; 

N. Grbić & M. Wolf; J. House; R. Jääskeläinen; K. Kaindl; S. Kalina; J. Lambert; A. Leal; K. Malmkjaer; K. Marais; M. Mateo; O. Paloposki; S.R. 

Pinto; L. Polezzi; A. Remael; M. Ringmar; D. Russell; G. Sapiro; G.M. Shreve; U. Stecconi; R.A. Valdeón; N. Wang. 

[Handbook of Translation Studies, 3] 2012. ca. 200 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 0333 5 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7306 2 eUR 90.00 / usd 

135.00 

135.00 

EEEEE EEE || Interpreting || Terminology || Translation studies 

EEEEEEEE EEEEE EEE EEEEEEEEEEE 

50 JoHn benJaMins PUblisHinG coMPanY

from the classroom 

to the courtroom 

A guide to interpreting 

in the U.S. justice system 

Elena M. de Jongh 

Florida International University/ 

United States Court Certifi ed Interpreter 

neW 

teXt 

BooK 

From the Classroom to the Courtroom: A guide to interpreting 

in the U.S. justice system off ers a wealth of information 

that will assist aspiring court interpreters in 

providing linguistic minorities with access to fair 

and expeditious judicial proceedings. The guide 

will familiarize prospective court interpreters and 

students interested in court interpreting with the 

nature, purpose and language of pretrial, trial and 

post-trial proceedings. Documents, dialogues and 

monologues illustrate judicial procedures; the description 

of court hearings with transcripts creates 

a realistic model of the stages involved in live court 

proceedings. 

The innovative organization of this guide mirrors 

the progression of criminal cases through the 

courts and provides readers with an accessible, easyto-follow 

format. It explains and illustrates court 

procedure as well as provides interpreting exercises 

based on authentic materials from each successive 

stage. This novel organization of materials around 

the stages of the judicial process also facilitates 

quick reference without the need to review the entire 

volume — an additional advantage that makes 

this guide the ideal interpreters’ reference manual. 

Supplementary instructional aids include recordings 

in English and Spanish and a glossary of 

selected legal terms in context. 

[American Translators Association Scholarly 

Monograph Series, XVII] 2012. xxii, 215 pp. 

eUR 99.00 / 

eUR 33.00 / 

eUR 99.00 / 

Hb 978 90 272 3193 2 usd 

Pb 978 90 272 3194 9 usd 

e-book 978 90 272 8220 0 usd 


challenges for arabic machine translation 

Edited by Abdelhadi Soudi, Ali Farghaly, Günter Neumann and Rabih Zbib 

École Nationale de l’Industrie Minérale / Monterey Institute of International Studies / 

German Research Center for Artifi cial Intelligence / BBN Technologies (USA) 

This book is the fi rst volume that focuses on the specifi c challenges of machine translation 

with Arabic either as source or target language. It nicely fi lls a gap in the literature by covering 

approaches that belong to the three major paradigms of machine translation: Example-based, 

statistical and knowledge-based. It provides broad but rigorous coverage of the methods for 

incorporating linguistic knowledge into empirical MT. The book brings together original and 

extended contributions from a group of distinguished researchers from both academia and 

industry. It is a welcome and much-needed repository of important aspects in Arabic Machine 

Translation such as morphological analysis and syntactic reordering, both central to reducing 

the distance between Arabic and other languages. Most of the proposed techniques are also applicable 

to machine translation of Semitic languages other than Arabic, as well as translation of 

other languages with a complex morphology. 

Contributions by: K. Bar & N. Dershowitz; A. Bies, D. DiPersio & M. Maamouri; V. Cavalli-Sforza & A.B. Phillips; 

N. Habash & F. Sadat; H. Hassan; K. Shaalan & A.H. Hossny; R. Zbib & I. Badr; R. Zbib & A. Soudi. 

[Natural Language Processing, 9] 2012. viii, 157 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4995 1 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7362 8 eUR 90.00 / usd 

149.00 

49.95 

149.00 


135.00 

135.00 

|| Afro-Asiatic languages || Computational & corpus linguistics || Translation studies 

the Quantitative analysis of 

the Dynamics and structure of 

terminologies 

Kyo Kageura 

University of Tokyo 

The dynamics and systematicity of terminology: 

this book addresses these essential and intriguing 

aspects of terminology, by using quantitative methodologies 

which have been underutilized in the 

fi eld to date. Through the analysis of the Japanese 

terminologies of six domains and with special reference 

to the dynamic behaviour and the status of 

borrowed and native morphemes, the book reveals: 

(a) how borrowed and native morphemes contribute 

to the construction of these terminologies, 

and how these contributions are likely to change 

as the terminologies grow; (b) how borrowed and 

native morphemes contribute to the systematicity 

or systematic representation of conceptual systems; 

and (c) how borrowed and native morphemes are 

related to each other and to what extent they are 

mixed in constructing terminologies. It also examines 

the epistemological implications of applying 

these quantitative methodologies, which leads back 

to such essential questions as the relationship between 

terminology as a whole and individual terms 

and what we understand terms to be when we 

talk about the growth of terminologies. The book 

should be of interest to a wide audience, including 

theoretical terminologists, terminographers, 

quantiative linguists, computational linguists, 

lexicologists and lexicographers. 

[Terminology and Lexicography Research and 

Practice, 15] 2012. ca. 280 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 2339 5 eUR 95.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7246 1 eUR 95.00 / usd 

|| Terminology 


143.00 

143.00 

☞ 

“ The book deserves 

praise for evading the 

funding-driven focus 

on Machine Translation 

from Arabic to English. 

Machine Translation 

in the opposite translation 

direction is of great 

practical value to the 

Arab countries and at the 

same time a technological 

challenge because of the 

morphological richness 

of the Arabic language. ” 

martin Volk, Institute of 

Computational Linguistics, 

Zurich University, Switzerland 

InCreaSed FreQuenCY - 

eXPanded SIZe ! 

target 

International Journal of Translation 

Studies 

Editors: Kirsten Malmkjaer 

and Sandra L. Halverson 

The University of Leicester / University of Bergen 

Review Editor: Reine Meylaerts 

KU Leuven 

Editorial Assistant: Cristina Marinetti 

University of Warwick 

Founding Editors: Gideon Toury 

and José Lambert 

Tel Aviv University / KU Leuven and PGET, Universidade 

Federal de Santa Catarina, Brasil 

Target promotes the scholarly study of translational 

phenomena from any part of the world and 

welcomes submissions of an interdisciplinary 

nature. The journal’s focus is on research on the 

theory, history, culture and sociology of translation 

and on the description and pedagogy that 

underpin and interact with these foci. 

issn: 0924-1884 

e-issn: 1569-9986 










Dutch for Reading Knowledge 

Christine van Baalen, Frans R.E. Blom and Inez Hollander 

EuroCollege University of Applied Sciences, Rotterdam / University of Amsterdam / 

University of California, Berkeley 

This fi rst Dutch for Reading Knowledge book on the market promotes a high 

level of reading and translation competency by drawing from Dutch grammar, 

vocabulary Manuscripts and reading in preparation strategies, and providing many translation “shortcuts” 

and tips when tackling complex texts in Dutch. Aimed at students, researchers 

and scholars who need to learn how to read and translate modern Dutch texts for 

their academic research, this book focuses on those areas where the Netherlands 

plays or has played a leading and innovative role in the world. These areas include 

architecture, art history, design, the Dutch Golden Age, (post)colonialism, 

(im)migration, social legislation and water management. For all areas the authors 

combine profound knowledge of the fi eld with great expertise in teaching Dutch 

language and culture. This book can be used for a Dutch for Reading Knowledge 

course or curriculum, and is also highly suitable for self study. 

2012. xv, 247 pp. 

eUR 95.00 / 

eUR 33.00 / 

eUR 95.00 / 

Hb 978 90 272 1196 5 usd 

Pb 978 90 272 1197 2 usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7356 7 usd 

143.00 

49.95 

143.00 

|| Applied linguistics || Germanic linguistics 

“ This fi rst Dutch for Reading 

Knowledge textbook addresses a 

long-standing lacuna in available resources 

for international scholars by providing the tools necessary for reading 

original Dutch-language materials effi ciently and eff ectively. This book will be an essential 

fi rst stop, and is sure to become a global classic, for any advanced student contemplating 

a Dutch-related topic or extended study in the Netherlands. ” 

mia m. mochizuki, Graduate Theological Union, 

University of California at Berkeley 


☞ 

neW 

teXtBooK 

“ As economies globalize, 

there is a growing need for good 

translators and for the development of 

translation as its own discipline within the Dutch language programs around the world. 

Up until now, there was no book to assist teachers and learners in training translation skills. 

With the fi rst textbook written specifi cally for Dutch for Reading Knowledge, Inez Hollander, 

Frans Blom and Christine van Baalen have fi lled a huge gap in the market. Suitable for self study 

as well as the classroom, this book comes just at the right time. ” 

jenneke oosterhoff , Senior Lecturer, Department of German, 

Scandinavian and Dutch, University of Minnesota

moving ourselves, moving others 

Motion and emotion in intersubjectivity, 

consciousness and language 

Edited by Ad Foolen, Ulrike M. Lüdtke, 

Timothy P. Racine and Jordan Zlatev 

Radboud University Nijmegen / Leibniz Universität 

Hannover / Simon Fraser University / Lund University 

The close relationship between motion (bodily 

movement) and emotion (feelings) is not an etymological 

coincidence. While moving ourselves, we 

move others; in observing others move – we are 

moved ourselves. The fundamentally interpersonal 

nature of mind and language has recently received 

due attention, but the key role of (e)motion in this 

context has remained something of a blind spot. 

The present book rectifi es this gap by gathering 

contributions from leading philosophers, psychologists 

and linguists working in the area. Framed by 

an introducing prologue and a summarizing epilogue 

(written by Colwyn Trevarthen, who brought 

the phenomenological notion of intersubjectivity to a 

wider audience some 30 years ago) the volume elaborates 

a dynamical, active view of emotion, along 

with an aff ect-laden view of motion – and explores 

their signifi cance for consciousness, intersubjectivity, 

and language. As such, it contributes to the 

emerging interdisciplinary fi eld of mind science, 

transcending hitherto dominant computationalist 

and cognitivist approaches. 

Contributions by: A. Bloem; J.I.M. Carpendale & 

C. Lewis; R.D. Ellis & N. Newton; A. Foolen; B. Frank 

& C. Trevarthen; B. Fultner; S. Gallagher; K. Günther 

& J. Hennies; U.M. Lüdtke; S. Overgaard; T.P. Racine, 

T.J. Wereha & D.A. Leavens; V. Reddy; S.G. Shanker; 

M. Sheets-Johnstone; C. Trevarthen; E. Weigand; J. Zlatev; 

J. Zlatev, J. Blomberg & U. Magnusson. 

[Consciousness & Emotion Book Series, 6] 

2012. viii, 492 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4156 6 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7491 5 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Cognition and language || Consciousness research 

|| Evolution of language 

Consciousness Research 

categorical versus Dimensional models of aff ect 

A seminar on the theories of Panksepp and Russell 

Edited by Peter Zachar and Ralph D. Ellis 

Auburn University Montgomery / Clark Atlanta University 

One of the most important theoretical and empirical 

issues in the scholarly study of emotion 

is whether there is a correct list of “basic” types 

of aff ect or whether all aff ective states are better 

modeled as a combination of locations on shared 

underlying dimensions. Many thinkers have written 

on this topic, yet the views of two scientists in 

particular are dominant. The fi rst is Jaak Panksepp, 

the father of Aff ective Neuroscience. Panksepp conceptualizes 

aff ect as a set of distinct categories. The 

leading proponent of the dimensional approach in 

scientifi c psychology is James Russell. According to 

Russell all aff ect can be decomposed into two underlying 

dimensions, pleasure versus displeasure 

and low arousal versus high arousal. 

In this volume Panksepp and Russell each articulate 

their positions on eleven fundamental questions 

about the nature of aff ect followed by a discussion 

of these target papers by noted emotion theorists 

and researchers. Russell and Panksepp respond 

both to each other and to the commentators. The 

discussion leads to some stark contrasts, with 

formidable arguments on both sides, and some 

interesting convergences between the two streams 

of work. 

Contributions by: J. Averill; J. Bickle; P.S. Davies; R.D. Ellis & 

B. Faw; M.A. Leddy, G.C. Robertson & J. Schulkin; A. Moors; 

G. Northoff ; J. Panksepp; J.A. Russell; A. Scarantino; 

R.d. Sousa; P. Zachar. 

[Consciousness & Emotion Book Series, 7] 

2012. vi, 350 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4157 3 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7475 5 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Cognitive psychology || Consciousness research 

|| Philosophy 

body memory, metaphor and movement 

Edited by Sabine C. Koch, Thomas Fuchs, Michela Summa and Cornelia Müller 

University of Heidelberg / European University Viadrina, Frankfurt (Oder) 

Body Memory, Metaphor and Movement is an interdisciplinary volume 

with contributions from philosophers, cognitive scientists, and movement 

therapists. Part one provides the phenomenologically grounded 

defi nition of body memory with its diff erent typologies. Part two 

follows the aim to integrate phenomenology, conceptual metaphor 

theory, and embodiment approaches from the cognitive sciences for 

the development of appropriate empirical methods to address body 

memory. Part three inquires into the forms and eff ects of therapeutic 

work with body memory, based on the integration of theory, empirical 

fi ndings, and clinical applications. It focuses on trauma treatment 

and the healing power of movement. The book also contributes to 

metaphor theory, application and research, and therefore addresses 

metaphor researchers and linguists interested in the embodied 

grounds of metaphor. Thus, it is of particular interest for researchers 

from the cognitive sciences, social sciences, and humanities as well as 

clinical practitioners. 

☞ 

“ Zachar and Ellis have produced a valuable 

tome aimed at dissecting and contrasting the positions 

of Jaak Panksepp and James Russell on the 

matter of aff ect. Several diff erences are identifi ed, 

mostly having to do with the diff erent perspectives 

of the two target thinkers, but several areas 

of agreement emerge as well. The diff erences are 

illuminating and so the journey turns out to be 

rewarding for anyone interested in the nature 

and organization of aff ective processes. ” 

antonio Damasio, Director of Brain and Creativity 

Institute, University of Southern California 

“ Categorical versus Dimensional Models of Aff ect 

makes important contributions to the thorny 

question “What are emotions?” By exploring two 

extremes in the debate, it helps illuminate the 

essence of emotion in the broader sense.” ” 

joseph leDoux, New York University , 

author of The Emotional Brain. 

Contributions by: M.E. Alarcón Dávila; E.A. Behnke; 

C. Bermeitinger & M. Kiefer; C. Böger; C. Caldwell; 

M. Eberhard-Kaechele; T. Fuchs; E.T. Gendlin; P. Jansen; 

C. Jung & P. Sparenberg; S.C. Koch; S.C. Koch & S. Harvey; 

A. Kolter, S.H. Ladewig, M. Summa, C. Müller, S.C. Koch 

& T. Fuchs; I. Konopatsch & H. Payne; E. Kruithoff ; 

R.P. Meyer; J. Michalak, J.M. Burg & T. Heidenreich; 

H. Panhofer, H. Payne, T. Parke & B. Meekums; 

P. Pylvänäinen; W. Sax & K. Polit; Y. Shahar-Levy; M. Sheets- 

Johnstone; C. Suitner, S.C. Koch, K. Bachmeier & A. Maass; 

M. Summa; M. Summa, S.C. Koch, T. Fuchs & C. Müller; 

H. Winther. 

[Advances in Consciousness Research, 84] 

2012. vii, 468 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1350 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 8167 8 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Cognition and language || Consciousness research 

|| Gesture Studies 


Consciousness Research 

being in time 

Dynamical models of phenomenal experience 

Edited by Shimon Edelman, Tomer Fekete 

and Neta Zach 

Cornell University / Stony Brook University / University of Pennsylvania 

Given that a representational system’s phenomenal experience 

must be intrinsic to it and must therefore arise from its 

own temporal dynamics, consciousness is best understood — 

indeed, can only be understood — as being in time. Despite 

that, it is still acceptable for theories of consciousness to 

be summarily exempted from addressing the temporality 

of phenomenal experience. The chapters comprising this 

book represent a collective attempt on the part of their 

authors to redress this aberration. The diverse treatments of 

phenomenal consciousness range in their methodology from 

philosophy, through surveys and synthesis of behavioral and 

neuroscientifi c fi ndings, to computational analysis. This collection’s 

broad scope and integrative approach, characterized 

by the view of the brain as a dynamical system that computes 

the mind’s representation space, will be of interest to researchers, 

instructors, and students in the cognitive sciences 

wishing to acquaint themselves with the current thinking in 

consciousness research. 

Contributions by: R. Brown; R. Dale, D.P. Tollefsen & C.T. Kello; 

S. Edelman & T. Fekete; T. Fekete & S. Edelman; S. Huette & 

M.J. Spivey; C. van Leeuwen & D.J.A. Smit; D. Lloyd; R. Malach; 

B. Merker; W. Wiese & T. Metzinger; J. Yoshimi. 

[Advances in Consciousness Research, 88] 2012. xvi, 261 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1354 9 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7359 8 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Cognitive psychology || Consciousness research 

consciousness in interaction 

The role of the natural and social context in 

shaping consciousness 

Edited by Fabio Paglieri 

Istituto di Scienze e Tecnologie della Cognizione, ISTC-CNR, Rome 

Consciousness in Interaction is an interdisciplinary collection 

with contributions from philosophers, psychologists, 

cognitive scientists, and historians of philosophy. It revolves 

around the idea that consciousness emerges from, and impacts 

on, our skilled interactions with the natural and social 

context. Section one discusses how phenomenal consciousness 

and subjective selfh ood are grounded on natural and 

social interactions, and what role brain activity plays in these 

phenomena. Section two analyzes how interactions with 

external objects and other human beings shape our understanding 

of ourselves, and how consciousness changes social 

interaction, self-control and emotions. Section three provides 

historical depth to the volume, by tracing the roots of the contemporary 

notion of consciousness in early modern philosophy. 

The book off ers interdisciplinary insight on a variety of 

key topics in consciousness research: as such, it is of particular 

interest for researchers from philosophy of mind, phenomenology, 

cognitive and social sciences, and humanities. 

Contributions by: A. Alsmith; C. Castelfranchi; G. Cerchiai; N.H. Frijda; 

N. Gangopadhyay; J. Kiverstein & M. Farina; A. Lamarra; M. Madary; 

M. Miceli & C. Castelfranchi; F. Paglieri; R. Palaia; B. Pierce; 

M. Riccio; E. Rietveld; M. Sanna; C. Sinigaglia; F. Spicer; T. Vierkant & 

A. Paraskevaides; D. Ward & M. Stapleton. 

[Advances in Consciousness Research, 86] 2012. xix, 403 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1352 5 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7463 2 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Consciousness research || Interaction Studies 


☞ 

“ According to physics textbooks, 

time is expected to occupy 

an ever-shifting point with 

no width. But how does such an 

instantaneous present accommodate 

with our long lasting 

and content-rich conscious experience? 

This intriguing book, 

authored by distinguished 

scholars in the fi eld, off ers several 

insights about the problem 

of the dynamics of experience 

from diff erent perspectives, 

ranging from cognitive science 

and philosophy to computer 

science and neurobiology. ” 

antonio chella, 

Università di Palermo 

“ ‘7 + 5 = 12.’ For Kant, in his 

Kritik der reinen Vernunft, this 

was a simple expression of an 

analytically true judgment. But 

for Kuczynski, in his new book, 

things are not all that simple. 

[...] Century old conundrums 

like the mind-body distinction, 

or more recent ones such as the 

quarrel between empiricists 

and rationalists are given new, 

thought- and controversy-provoking 

input. Kuczynski’s treatise 

is a must read for all those 

interested in what happens at 

the crossroads of philosophy, 

psychology, linguistics, the 

social and natural sciences, 

and other hot spots of current 

(even political) debates. While, 

as they say, the proof of the 

pudding is in the eating, the 

reward of this book is not just 

in the reading, but in the intellectual 

and critical challenges it 

provides. ” 

jacob l. mey, 


olfactory cognition 

From perception and memory to environmental 

odours and neuroscience 

Edited by Gesualdo M. Zucco, Rachel S. Herz 

and Benoist Schaal 

University of Padova / Brown University, Providence / 

CNRS - University of Bourgogne, Dijon 

This book was conceived as a tribute to one of the founders 

of the psychological study of the sense of smell, Professor 

Trygg Engen. The book is divided into four sections. The fi rst 

reunites the fi elds of psychophysics and the perception of 

environmental odours and discusses the impact of odours on 

beliefs and expectations. The second addresses cognitive processes 

in olfaction, how odours are interpreted, lexicalized, 

associated with contexts and remembered. The third focuses 

on the cerebral bases of olfactory awareness and the neuropsychological 

investigation of olfaction with special emphasis on 

olfactory dysfunctions, and the last concerns aff ective and developmental 

processes in olfaction. The aim in producing this 

book is that it will help promote further research in olfactory 

cognition and attract new inquisitive scientists to the fi eld. 

The volume will be a useful resource for academics, students, 

and professionals who study olfaction, as well as to scientists 

who work in the domains of perception, cognitive neuroscience 

and environmental psychology more broadly. 

Contributions by: B. Berglund & A. Höglund; P. Dalton; R.L. Doty 

& H. Tekeli; R.H. Gracely; R.S. Herz; F.U. Jönsson & M.J. Olsson; 

L.P. Lipsitt & C. Rovee-Collier; R.G. Mair; D.H. McBurney, 

S.A. Streeter & H. Euler; S. Nordin; M.I. Posner; B. Schaal; 

R.J. Stevenson; T.L. White; G.M. Zucco. 

[Advances in Consciousness Research, 85] 2012. xx, 317 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 1351 8 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7464 9 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Cognitive psychology || Consciousness research || Neuropsychology 

empiricism and the foundations 

of psychology 

John-Michael Kuczynski 

Virginia Commonwealth University 

☞ 

Intended for philosophically minded psychologists and 

psychologically minded philosophers, this book identifi es 

the ways that psychology has hobbled itself by adhering too 

strictly to empiricism, this being the doctrine that all knowledge 

is observation-based. In the fi rst part of this two-part 

work, we show that empiricism is false. In the second part, 

we identify the psychology-relevant consequences of this 

fact. Five of these are of special importance: 

(i) Whereas some psychopathologies (e.g. obsessive-compulsive 

disorder) corrupt the activity mediated by one’s 

psychological architecture, others (e.g. sociopathy) corrupt 

that architecture itself; (ii) The basic tenets of psychoanalysis 

are coherent; (iii) All propositional attitudes are beliefs; (iv) 

Selves are minds that self-evaluate. And (v) It is by giving 

our thoughts a perceptible form that we enable ourselves to 

evaluate them, and it is by expressing ourselves in language 

and art that we give our thoughts a perceptible form. 

[Advances in Consciousness Research, 87] 

2012. viii, 477 pp. 

158.00 

Hb 978 90 272 1353 2 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7385 7 eUR 105.00 / usd 158.00 

|| Cognition and language || Cognitive psychology || Semantics 

EEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEE EEEE

ochumer philosophisches jahrbuch für antike und mittelalter 

Band 15. 2012 

Edited by Manuel Baumbach, Burkhard Mojsisch and Olaf Pluta 

Ruhr-Universität Bochum 

This journal is devoted to the philosophy of antiquity and the Middle Ages. It concentrates 

on research documenting the connections between ancient and medieval 

philosophy; focuses on the interrelations among various cultural and philosophical 

traditions, such as the Arabic, Judaic, Byzantine and Latin; informs about major 

research trends in ancient and medieval philosophy and publish reviews of important 

new studies in these fi elds; off ers a forum for discussions of controversial or 

divergent interpretations of these topics; presents previously unpublished sources 

and translations too short to appear in another format; and features a miscellany of 

reports and information, including interviews with prominent scholars. 

Contributions by: G. Abbate; A.M. Ansari; P.J.J.M. Bakker; D.D. Brasi; T. Dewender; B. Lienemann; 

A. Quero-Sánchez; M. Rohstock; A. Sell; S. Slaveva-Griffi n; N. Winkler; H. Wöhler. 

2012. ca. 300 pp. 

Pb 978 90 272 0105 8 eUR 142.00 / usd 

213.00 

|| Classical philosophy || Medieval philosophy 


For subscription information (including electronic access) please refer to www.benjamins.com. 

bochumer studien zur philosophie 

Edited by Kurt Flasch, Ruedi Imbach, Burkhard Mojsisch and Olaf Pluta 

The book series “Bochumer Studien zur Philosophie / Bochum Studies in 

Philosophy” publishes original studies on ancient, medieval, modern, and 

contemporary philosophy. In the past, the series has published studies on 

Heraclitus, Plato, Aristotle, the ancient school of Cynics, Plotinus, Augustine, 

Dietrich of Freiberg, Thomas of Aquino, William of Ockham, Albert of Saxony, 

Peter of Ailly, Marsilio Ficino, Descartes, Kant, Fichte, Schelling, Hegel, Husserl, 

and Sellars, among others. 

In addition to analytic studies, the series also publishes previously unprinted 

sources and translations. In the past, the series has published editions and 

52 Tsopurashvili, Tamar: Sprache und Metaphysik. Meister Eckharts 

Prädikationstheorie und ihre Auswirkung auf sein Denken. (B.R. Grüner) 

2011. xi, 188 pp. 

51 Knebel, Sven K.: Suarezismus. Erkenntnistheoretisches aus dem Nachlass 

des Jesuitengenerals Tirso González de Santalla (1624–1705). Abhandlung 

und Edition. (B.R. Grüner) 2011. xiii, 580 pp. 

50 Kamp, Andreas: Vom Paläolithikum zur Postmoderne - Die Genese unseres 

Epochen-Systems. Bd. I: Von den Anfängen bis zum Ausgang des 17. 

Jahrhunderts. (B.R. Grüner) 2011. ix, 309 pp. 

49 Renemann, Michael: Gedanken als Wirkursachen. Francisco Suárez zur 

geistigen Hervorbringung. (B.R. Grüner) 2010. ix, 173 pp. 

48 Biard, Joel et Thierry Gontier (dir.): Pietro Pomponazzi entre traditions et 

innovations. (B.R. Grüner) 2009. v, 184 pp. 

47 Alexidze, Lela und Lutz Bergemann (Hrsg.): Ioane Petrizi. Kommentar 

zur Elementatio theologica des Proklos. Übersetzung aus dem Altgeorgischen, 

Anmerkungen, Indices und Einleitung. (B.R. Grüner) 2009. vi, 418 pp. 

46 Weiner, Sebastian Florian: Eriugenas negative Ontologie. (B.R. Grüner) 

2007. ix, 222 pp. 

45 Pektaş, Virginie: Mystique et Philosophie. Grunt, abgrunt et Ungrund chez 

Maître Eckhart et Jacob Böhme. (B.R. Grüner) 2006. x, 324 pp. 

44 André, João Maria, Gerhard Krieger und Harald Schwaetzer (Hrsg.): 

Intellectus und Imaginatio. Aspekte geistiger und sinnlicher Erkenntnis 

bei Nicolaus Cusanus. (B.R. Grüner) 2006. viii, 157 pp. 

Philosophy 

translations of texts by Egidius of Orleans, Thomas of Erfurt, John Buridan, 

Richard Billingham, Marsilius of Inghen, Peter of Ailly, Lawrence of Lindores, 

Benedict Hesse of Cracow, George Schwartz, Gabriel Biel, and Nicholas 

Baldelli, among others. 

In keeping with its international character, the series publishes studies in 

English, French, German, and Italian. 

Volumes 1-52 appeared under the “B.R. Grüner” imprint. 

issn: 1384-668X 

In the Bochumer Studien zur Philosophie the following titles have been published: 

A complete list of titles in this series can be found on the publishers’ website, www.benjamins.com 

43 Salatowsky, Sascha: De Anima. Die Rezeption der aristotelischen 

Psychologie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert. (B.R. Grüner) 2006. xiv, 408 pp. 

42 Schmidt, Kirsten, Klaus Steigleder und Burkhard Mojsisch (Hrsg.): 

Die Aktualität der Philosophie Kants. Bochumer Ringvorlesung 

Sommersemester 2004. (B.R. Grüner) 2005. xii, 264 pp. 

41 Wels, Henrik: Aristotelisches Wissen und Glauben im 15. Jahrhundert. Ein 

anonymer Kommentar zum Pariser Verurteilungsdekret von 1277 aus dem 

Umfeld des Johannes de Nova Domo. Studie und Text. (B.R. Grüner) 2004. 

clxxii, 162 pp. 

40 Iremadze, Tengiz: Konzeptionen des Denkens im Neuplatonismus. Zur 

Rezeption der Proklischen Philosophie im deutschen und georgischen 

Mittelalter. Dietrich von Freiberg – Berthold von Moosburg – Joane Petrizi. 

(B.R. Grüner) 2004. xii, 265 pp. 

39 Ackeren, Marcel van: Das Wissen vom Guten. Bedeutung und Kontinuität 

des Tugendwissens in den Dialogen Platons. (B.R. Grüner) 2003. x, 370 pp. 

38 Weber-Schroth, Stephanie: Richard Billingham “De Consequentiis” mit 

Toledo-Kommentar. Kritisch herausgegeben, eingeleitet und kommentiert. 

(B.R. Grüner) 2003. xxviii, 335 pp. 

37 Grass, Rainer: Schlußfolgerungslehre in Erfurter Schulen des 14. 

Jahrhunderts. Eine Untersuchung der Konsequentientraktate von 

Thomas Maulfelt und Albert von Sachsen in Gegenüberstellung mit einer 

zeitgenössischen Position. (B.R. Grüner) 2003. x, 264 pp. 


Literary Studies 

playing by ear and the tip of the tongue 

Precategorial information in poetry 

Reuven Tsur 

Tel Aviv University 

In our everyday life we are fl ooded by a pandemonium of 

information which consciousness organizes into more easily 

manageable phonetic and semantic categories. In poetry 

reading, however, the total eff ect of a poem is not only obtained 

by some of these categories but also by precategorial 

information, for which there is a growing body of empirical 

evidence of its psychological reality. In the Tip of the Tongue 

phenomenon, a great amount of diff use precategorial information 

is present but fails to “grow together” into a compact 

word, generating a feeling of some dense, undiff erentiated 

mass. Poetic language typically exploits such precategorial 

information for its eff ects. By way of theoretical considerations 

and close readings, this book explores the semantic 

and phonetic strategies by which a text may increase or 

decrease the impact of such information. It investigates the 

conditions that boost or inhibit overtone fusion in rhyme 

and alliteration. By seeking empirical evidence for the claims 

he makes in diff erent fi elds such as music, art, literature, 

linguistics, experiments in the speech laboratory, the author 

provides ample and sound examples (ambiguity intended) in 

an almost conversational tone, which makes us really anticipate 

reading each new chapter. 

[Linguistic Approaches to Literature, 14] 

2012. xi, 302 pp. + index 

158.00 

158.00 

Hb 978 90 272 3349 3 eUR 105.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7325 3 eUR 105.00 / usd 

|| Cognition and language || Phonetics 



scientifi c methods 

for the humanities 

Willie van Peer, Frank Hakemulder 

and Sonia Zyngier 

University of Munich / University of Utrecht / 

Federal University of Rio de Janeiro 

neW 

teXt 

BooK 

Here is a much needed introductory textbook on empirical 

research methods for the Humanities. Especially aimed at 

students and scholars of Literature, Applied Linguistics, and 

Film and Media, it stimulates readers to refl ect on the problems 

and possibilities of testing the empirical assumptions 

and off ers hands-on learning opportunities to develop empirical 

studies. It explains a wide range of methods, from interviews 

to observation research, and guides readers through 

the choices researchers have to make. It discusses the essence 

of experiments, illustrates how studies are designed, how 

to develop questionnaires, and helps readers to collect and 

analyze data by themselves. The book presents qualitative 

approaches to research but focuses mostly on quantitative 

methods, detailing the workings of basic statistics. At the 

end, the book also shows how to give papers at international 

conferences, how to draft a report, and what is involved in 

the preparation of a publishable article. 

[Linguistic Approaches to Literature, 13] 

2012. xxii, 328 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 3347 9 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

Pb 978 90 272 3348 6 eUR 36.00 / usd 54.00 

e-book 978 90 272 7467 0 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 



“ Dr. Hoorn is not just broadly 

educated, he is deeply educated 

in these areas, and his scholarly 

work synthesizes these 

otherwise-disparate areas in a 

seamless and compelling manner. 

Epistemics of the Virtual 

brings together principles and 

fi ndings from anthropology, 

zoology, psychology, arts, archeology, 

and other areas, recognizing 

the disciplinary origins 

of the work, but showing their 

commonality and complementarity. 

I have rarely if ever met 

an individual with as deep and 

unifi ed a knowledge base as 

Johan Hoorn, and I consider it 

a privilege to have been given 

glimpses of his intellectual 

prowess. ” 

joseph b. walther, 

Michigan State University 

epistemics of the Virtual 

Johan F. Hoorn 

VU University Amsterdam 

Proposing a new theory of fi ction, this work reviews the 

confusion about perceived realism, metaphor, virtual worlds 

and the seemingly obvious distinction between what is true 

and what is false. The rise of new media, new technology, and 

creative products and services requires a new examination 

of what ‘real’ friends are, to what extent scientifi c novelty is 

‘true’, and whether online content is merely ‘fi gurative’. In 

this transdisciplinary theory the author evaluates cognitive 

theories, philosophical discussion, and topics in biology and 

physics, and places these in the frameworks of computer 

science and literary theory. The interest of the reader is 

continuously challenged on matters of truth, fi ction, and the 

shakiness of our belief systems. 

[Linguistic Approaches to Literature, 12] 2012. x, 231 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 3346 2 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7477 9 eUR 99.00 / usd 

☞ 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Cognition and language || Philosophy 


author Representations in literary 

Reading 

Eefj e Claassen 

Author Representations in Literary Reading investigates the role 

of the author in the mind of the reader. It is the fi rst booklength 

empirical study on generated author inferences by 

readers of literature. It bridges the gap between theories 

which hold that the author is irrelevant and those that give 

him prominence. By combining insights and methods from 

both cognitive psychology and literary theory, this book 

contributes to a better understanding of how readers process 

literary texts and what role their assumptions about an 

author play. A series of experiments demonstrate that readers 

generate author inferences during the process of reading, 

which they use to create an image of the text’s author. The 

fi ndings suggest that interpretations about the author play 

a pivotal role in the literary reading process. This book is 

relevant to scholars and students in all areas of the cognitive 

sciences, including literary studies and psychology. 

[Linguistic Approaches to Literature, 11] 2012. ix, 272 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 3345 5 eUR 99.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7493 9 eUR 99.00 / usd 

149.00 

149.00 

|| Discourse studies || Theoretical linguistics 


Reinardus 

Yearbook of the International Reynard Society, Volume 24 

Edited by Richard Trachsler, Baudouin Van den Abeele and Paul Wackers 

Universität Zürich / Université Catholique de Louvain / Universiteit Utrecht 

Reinardus aims to promote comparative research in the fi elds of medieval comic, satirical, didactic, 

and allegorical literature, with emphasis on beast epic, fable and fabliau, including sources, infl uences 

and later developments into the modern period. The methods and critical interpretations it 

off ers are as wide-ranging as is its subject matter, since it considers discussion and the coexistence 

of confl icting views as more important than the defence of a specifi c methodological point of view. 

2012. ca. 250 pp. 

Pb 978 90 272 4053 8 eUR 151.00 / usd 

227.00 

For subscription information (including electronic access) please refer to www.benjamins.com. 

|| Comparative literature & literary studies || Medieval literature & literary studies 

EEEEEE EEEE 

|| Theoretical literature & literary studies

creative Dynamics 

Diagrammatic strategies in narrative 

Christina Ljungberg 



estudis lingüístics i culturals sobre curial e güelfa 

Novel·la Cavalleresca Anònima del Segle XV en Llengue Catalana 

Linguistic and Cultural Studies on ‘Curial e Güelfa’, a 15th Century Anonymous Chivalric 

Romance in Catalan 

Edited by Antoni Ferrando Francés 

University of Valencia 

Curial e Güelfa is a 15th century anonymous romance written in 

Catalan, unknown until the 19th century and fi rst published in 

1901. It is a singular work, halfway between the Middle Ages and 

the Renaissance, in which the features of chivalry and sentimentalism 

and a touch of Humanism are brilliantly combined. 

Although the main character performs his heroic deeds in Italy, 

Germany, Hungary, France, England, Greece, the Holy Land, 

Egypt and Tunisia, the atmosphere is essentially Italian. Its anonymity 

and its language have always disconcerted the linguists 

and literary historians who have approached it. The novel, now 

available in English, Spanish, French, Portuguese and Italian — 

in translations sponsored by IVITRA, based upon Prof. Antoni 

Ferrando’s philological edition (2007) — and in German, is 

increasingly attracting the attention of scholars, not only because 

of its delighting style and its wonderfully traced structure, but 

also because of its rich cultural European background. This 

volume of studies tries to solve most of these questions with forty 

outstanding contributions, all of them very important both from 

a linguistic and a cultural point of view. 

Contributions by: A. Annicchiarico; G. Avenoza; A.M. Babbi; M. Batllori 

& A. Suñer; R. Beltran; J. Butinyà; E. Casanova; G. Colón Domènech; 

A.M. Compagna; D. De Courcelles; V.J. Escartí; A. Espadaler; 

A. Ferrando Francés; S. Fischer; I. Grifoll; A. Hauf; A.S. Hernampérez; V. Martines Peres; J. Martines; J. Martí Mestre; 

J.F. Mesa Sanz; C. Miralles; X. Molina Martí & M.P. Saldanya; X. Molina; S. Montserrat; J.R. Ramos; I.d. Riquer & M. Simó; 

X. Rofes i Moliner; M.P. Saldanya & G. Rigau i Oliver; B. Schmid; F.F. Sánchez; J. Terrado Pablo; A. Turull & E. Ramírez; 

J. Veny; M.W. Wheeler; C. Wittlin. 

[IVITRA Research in Linguistics and Literature, 3] 2012. xxi, 1138 pp. + index (2 vols.) 

Hb 978 90 272 4009 5 eUR 199.00 / usd 299.00 

299.00 

e-book 978 90 272 7310 9 eUR 199.00 / usd 

|| Romance linguistics || Romance literature & literary studies 


How do readers make sense of a picture, a photograph, or a map in 

literary narratives in which visual signs play a critical role? How do 

authors accomplish their various objectives in constructing such 

complex texts? What strategies and techniques do they use to project 

fi ctional worlds and to provide their readers with the means for 

orienting themselves there? This book investigates the dynamics of 

the imaginary diagrams created by cartographers, photographers, 

and writers of narratives, giving ample evidence of how mapping 

practices have inspired the imagination of a vast number of authors 

from Thomas More up to contemporary writers. A special focus 

is on the eff ects created by the projection of photographs into the 

narrative space, and how our seemingly eff ortless interpretation of 

photographs and even maps masks complex cognitive processes. The 

theoretical horizon of this study encompasses the fi elds of cartography, 

mental maps, iconicity research, and the spatial turn in cultural 

studies. 

[Iconicity in Language and Literature, 11] 2012. vii, 180 pp. + index 

Hb 978 90 272 4347 8 eUR 90.00 / usd 

e-book 978 90 272 7322 2 eUR 90.00 / usd 

135.00 

135.00 

|| Cognition and language || Communication Studies || Discourse studies 

|| Semiotics || Theoretical literature & literary studies 

Literary Studies 

☞ 

“ Christina Ljungberg off ers a grand tour of 

mental spaces created by literary narratives. 

She explores the signs of real and imaginary 

territories as well as classical and contemporary 

depictions of rural, urban, and maritime realms. 

Ljungberg examines the devices of cartographic 

writing and discovers mappings and re-mappings 

in writings from Thomas More to postcolonial 

novelists. The analytic panorama resulting 

from her investigations give ample support to 

her main thesis, namely that imaginary spaces are 

mental diagrams. ” 

winfried nöth, PUC São Paulo 

“ This well-illustrated study brings together two 

fresh approaches for an understanding of the 

modern novel: iconicity studies and cartography. 

Casting new light on the role played by maps and 

photographs in fi ction of the past three centuries, 

it is a pleasure to read. ” 

john j. white, King’s College London 

“ This fresh investigation of maps in fi ctional 

works makes clear how high-canon literature is 

multimodal, just as basic human communication 

is. Ljungberg clarifi es the cognitive operations we 

use to make sense of verbal and visual diagrams 

in literature and culture. The result is a penetrating 

and insightful study at the intersection of 

cognitive science and the arts. ” 

mark turner, Case Western University 

PReVIoUsLY PUBLIsHeD 

In tHe IVItRA seRIes 

spanish word formation and 

lexical creation 

Edited by José Luis Cifuentes Honrubia and 

Susana Rodríguez Rosique 

University of Alicante 

[IVITRA Research in Linguistics and Literature, 1] 

2011. xvi, 485 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4007 1 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

EEEEEEEE e-book EEE 978 90 272 8219 4 eUR 99.00 / usd 149.00 

curial and guelfa 

A classic of the Crown of Aragon 

Translated into English by Max W. Wheeler 

With an introduction by Antoni Ferrando Francés 

[IVITRA Research in Linguistics and Literature, 2] 

2011. v, 363 pp. 

Hb 978 90 272 4008 8 eUR 95.00 / usd 

EEEEEEEE e-book EEE 978 90 272 8215 6 eUR 95.00 / usd 

143.00 

143.00 


Art 

Wladislaus Sigismund on Horeseback. 1624-1628. 

Oil on canvas. 

261 x 187 cm. Krakow, Wawel Castle, the State 

Collection of Art. Inv. no. 6320. 

pieter soutman 

Life and œuvre 

Kerry Barrett 

New York University/Abu Dhabi 

FoRtHCoM I nG I n tH e oCULI-seR I es 

the paintings of Dirck van baburen (ca. 1595–1624) 

Catalogue Raisonné 

Wayne Franits 

Syracuse University 

[OCULI: Studies in the Arts of the Low Countries, 13] 2013. 


|| General studies in art & art history 

EEEEEEEE EEEEEEE EEEE EEEEEEE EEEE 


While often cited for his relationship to Pieter Paul Rubens’s studio and his work for the courts of Sigismund III 

of Poland and the Orange court of Frederick Hendrik and Amalia van Solms, Pieter Soutman has never received 

critical study. Pieter Soutman: Life and œuvre is the fi rst comprehensive consideration of this understudied painter, 

draftsman, and printmaker. It comprises eight chapters that frame Soutman’s training, his movements through 

the cities and courts of Antwerp, Warsaw, Haarlem, and The Hague, and his unusual production as a Dutch 

artist working in a style associated with Flemish art, followed by a fully researched catalogue raisonné of Soutman’s 

paintings, drawings, and prints. With only six signed paintings known, the catalogue off ers an important 

discussion of the additional 44 pictures associated with Soutman, nine rejected works, and three copies; of the 38 

accepted drawings, 42 lost drawings, and 21 rejected works; and concludes with catalogue of Soutman’s 193 prints 

that includes an inclusive list of states and copies. 

Careful research of Soutman’s production additionally sheds new light on artists and patrons associated with his 

work. Soutman’s connection to Rubens’s workshop and print production results in reattribution of paintings and 

drawings associated with Rubens and Anthony van Dyck. Recently discovered letters from Soutman to Constantijn 

Huygens off er a better understanding of Soutman’s work for the Orange court and his potential connection to 

Rembrandt van Rijn. And by repositioning Soutman within the context of the Haarlem art market and its Catholic 

collectors, a better understanding of competition, taste, and networks of patronage is gained. 

[OCULI: Studies in the Arts of the Low Countries, 12] 2012. xxii, 383 pp, 182 b/w ills. + 22 full-color ills. 

Hb 978 90 272 4964 7 eUR 340.00 / usd 510.00 

|| General studies in art & art history 

The Four Evangelists. After 1618. Oil on canvas. 

130 x 187 cm. 

Stockholm, Nationalmuseum. Inv. no. NM 343. 

Offi cers and Sergeants of the St. George Civic Guard. 

c. 1642. 

Oil on canvas. 182.5 x 394.5 cm. Haarlem, 

Frans Hals Museum. Inv. no. os 1-314. 

“ With her new book on Soutman Kerry Barrett has 

made a case example of the so long neglected integrated 

approach of the arts of the Northern and the 

Southern Netherlands, and as such sheds light on the 

fascinating process of cultural transmission in Early 

Modern Europe. Moreover, thanks to its close-reading 

of life and work, the book brings important new 

insights in Soutman´s relationship to Rubens and, 

by extension, in the complicated and hugely relevant 

matter of Rubens´s studio practice. ” 

Karolien De clippel, Department of History and Art History, 

Utrecht University 

“ The main value of Kerry Barrett’s work on Soutman 

is the complete catalogue of paintings, drawings, 

and prints, which is entirely convincing in its 

attributions and will be a standard reference work. 

Soutman’s engraved oeuvre was previously the best 

known medium of the artist and now is precisely 

defi ned. But the complete catalogue of drawings 

and paintings is more of a revelation, since works by 

Soutman have been assigned to Rubens, Van Dyck, 

Hals and other big names, even when they are quite 

distinctive of Soutman. This is a very important body 

of research. ” 

walter liedtke, Curator of European Paintings, Metropolitan 

Museum of Art, New York 

“ As Kerry Barrett states herself, “Pieter Claesz. Soutman’s 

career as a painter and printmaker largely can 

be attributed to his unusual status as a Dutch artist 

who worked in a style deemed Flemish. However, 

Soutman’s technique, in paint and print, was more 

fl exible than has been suggested and as a result, 

impossible to categorize in national terms that have 

roots in the nineteenth-century structure of art 

history and criticism.” I therefore highly recommend 

this carefully researched and fully illustrated 

catalogue raisonné of Pieter Soutman. ” 

anne-marie logan

ISSN 1461-0213 ISSN 0521-9744 

e-ISSN 1570-5595 E-ISSN 1569-9668 

ISSN 0176-4225 

E-ISSN 1569-9714 

ISSN 1568-1475 

E-ISSN 1569-9773 

ISSN 0957-6851 

E-ISSN 1569-9838 

ISSN 2211-7245 

E-ISSN 2211-7253 

ISSN 0302-5160 

E-ISSN 1569-9781 

issn 2210-2116 

e-issn 2210-2124 

ISSN 0774-5141 

E-ISSN 1569-9676 

ISSN 1874-8767 

E-ISSN 1874-8775 

ISSN 0142-5471 

E-ISSN 1569-979X 

ISSN 1566-5852 

E-ISSN 1569-9854 

ISSN 1572-0373 

E-ISSN 1572-0381 

ISSN 2212-8433 

E-ISSN 2212-8441 

ISSN 1384-6663 ISSN 1877-7031 

E-ISSN 1569-9684 E-ISSN 1877-8798 

ISSN 0172-8865 

E-ISSN 1569-9730 

ISSN 1384-6655 

E-ISSN 1569-9811 

ISSN 1569-2159 

E-ISSN 1569-9862 

ISSN 1568-1491 

E-ISSN 1569-9749 

ISSN 1384-6647 

E-ISSN 1569-982X 

ISSN 2211-3770 

E-ISSN 2211-3789 

Journals 

ISSN 1876-1933 

E-ISSN 1876-1941 

ISSN 0929-998X 

E-ISSN 1569-9765 

ISSN 2211-4742 

E-ISSN 2211-4750 

ISSN 2213-1272 

E-ISSN 2213-1280 


Journals 

ISSN 0920-9034 

E-ISSN 1569-9870 

ISSN 2211-6834 

E-ISSN 2211-6842 

ISSN 0929-7332 

E-ISSN 1569-9919 

ISSN 0378-4169 

E-ISSN 1569-9927 

ISSN 0929-0907 ISSN 1878-9714 ISSN 1877-9751 

E-ISSN 1569-9943 E-ISSN 1878-9722 E-ISSN 1877-976X 

ISSN 1571-0718 

E-ISSN 1571-0726 

ISSN 0257-3784 

E-ISSN 2212-9731 

issn 2210-4119 

e-issn 2210-4127 

ISSN 0378-4177 ISSN 0924-1884 

E-ISSN 1569-9978 E-ISSN 1569-9986 


issn 1879-7865 

e-issn 1879-7873 

ISSN 1871-1340 

E-ISSN 1871-1375 

ISSN 0925-4757 

E-ISSN 1569-9951 

ISSN 0929-9971 

E-ISSN 1569-9994 

ISSN 0272-2690 

E-ISSN 1569-9889 

issn 2210-4070 

e-issn 2210-4097 

ISSN 0035-3906 

E-ISSN 1600-0811 

ISSN 1387-6759 

E-ISSN 1569-9897 

ISSN 1387-6740 

E-ISSN 1569-9935 

issn 2210-4372 

e-issn 2210-4380 

issn 1879-9264 

e-issn 1879-9272 

ISSN 0108-8416 

E-ISSN 2212-9715 

issn 1387-9316 

E-ISSN 1569-996X 

ISSN 1932-2798 ISSN 2211-3711 ISSN 1387-6732 

E-ISSN 1876-2700 E-ISSN 2211-372X E-ISSN 1570-6001

A 

Aalberse, Suzanne 9 

Aboh, Enoch O. 7 

Abrahamsson, Niclas 34 

Ackema, Peter 12 

Aelbrecht, Lobke 12 

Alcorn, Rhona 12 

Alexandre, Nélia 8 

Alphen, Ingrid van 25 

Alvarez Fernández, Adrián 

47 

Al-Wer, Enam 8 

Amaral, Patrícia 39 

Anchimbe, Eric A. 33 

Andersen, Gisle 41 

Ansaldo, Umberto 9 

Aronin, Larissa 33 

Askedal, John Ole 45 

Ayaß, Ruth 25 

B 

Baalen, Christine van 52 

Baicchi, Annalisa 6 

Baraldi, Claudio 48 

Bardel, Camilla 34 

Bardzokas, Valandis 31 

Barnes, Michael 45 

Barrett, Kerry 58 

Barron, Anne 27 

Battaner Moro, Elena 47 

Baumbach, Manuel 55 

Bax, Marcel 29 

Baxter, Alan N. 7 

Beck, David 15 

Benmamoun, Elabbas 8 

Benz, Anton 26 

Berlin, Lawrence N. 28 

Bickel, Balthasar 23 

Björklund, Siv 38 

Blitvich, Pilar Garcés 31 

Blom, Frans R.E. 52 

Börjars, Kersti 10 

Boulton, Alex 41 

Bouveret, Myriam 16 

Brandtler, Johan 14 

Braunmüller, Kurt 35 

Breban, Tine 44 

Bremmer, Rolf H. 45 

Brems, Lieselotte 44 

Brisard, Frank 4 

Brouwer, C.E. 25 

Buchstaller, Isabelle 25 

Busse, Ulrich 30 

C 

Cabrelli Amaro, Jennifer 36 

Calvo Fernández, Vicente 

47 

Camacho-Taboada, María 

Victoria 10 

Camiña Rioboo, Gonzalo 

43 

Cardoso, Hugo C. 7 

Carrión, Olga Blanco 6 

Carter-Thomas, Shirley 41 

Carvalho, Ana Maria 39 

Casad, Eugene H. 18 

Cervel, Mária Sandra 

Peña 6 

Chamoreau, Claudine 8 

Chamson, Emil 41 

Chiaro, Delia 27 

Chilton, Paul 27 

Christensen, Nina 39 

Chung, Kyung-Sook 13 

Claassen, Eefje 56 

Cognola, Federica 7 

Colletta, Jean-Marc 20 

Comrie, Bernard 22, 23 

Coombe, Christine A. 34 

Cooren, François 28 

Cornillie, Bert 44 

Crespo, Begoña 43 

Curry, Mary Jane 39 

Cutillas-Espinosa, Juan 

Antonio 37 

Cuyckens, Hubert 44 

D 

Danckaert, Lieven 14 

Dancygier, Barbara 29 

Davidse, Kristin 44 

Day, Dennis 25 

Delisle, Jean 49 

Del Lungo Camiciotti, 

Gabriella 30 

Denison, David 10 

Deryckere, Ira 4 

De Sutter, Gert 42 

De Vogelaer, Gunther 44 

Di Sciullo, Anna Maria 11 

Doorslaer, Luc van 2, 3, 50 

Dossena, Marina 30 

Druker, Elina 39 

Dynel, Marta 27 

E 

East, Martin 34 

Economidou-Kogetsidis, 

Maria 31 

Edelman, Shimon 54 

Eemeren, Frans H. van 25 

Elenbaas, Marion 9 

Ellis, Ralph D. 53 

Engels, Eva 14 

Esparza Torres, Miguel 

Ángel 47 

Estrada-Fernández, Zarina 

22 

Etxeberria, Urtzi 17 

Etxepare, Ricardo 17 

F 

Falck, Marlene Johansson 6 

Falzett, Tiber F.M. 20 

Faraclas, Nicholas 43 

Farghaly, Ali 51 

Fassi Fehri, Abdelkader 14 

Fekete, Tomer 54 

Félix-Brasdefer, J. César 33 

Ferrando Francés, Antoni 

57 

Fetzer, Anita 28, 31 

Filipović, Luna 19 

Finkbeiner, Rita 10 

Flasch, Kurt 55 

Flynn, Suzanne 36 

Fodor, Alexandra 46 

Foolen, Ad 53 

Ford, Michael J. 39 

Franco, Irene 15 

Franits, Wayne 58 

Fuchs, Thomas 53 

Furbee, N. Louanna 40 

Furiassi, Cristiano 9 

G 

Gabriel, Christoph 35 

Gaglia, Sascha 13 

Galantucci, Bruno 20 

Gambier, Yves 2, 3, 50 

Gammelgaard, Karen 24 

Garrod, Simon 20 

Garssen, Bart 25 

Gavioli, Laura 48 

Gerhardt, Cornelia 25 

Gess, Randall S. 8 

Givón, T. 16 

Goblirsch, Kurt Gustav 45 

Grant, Anthony P. 43 

Grebenyova, Lydia 11 

Grenoble, Lenore A. 40 

Grosz, Patrick Georg 11 

Guidetti, Michèle 20 

Gut, Ulrike 42 

H 

Haas, Nynke de 47 

Haberland, Hartmut 32 

Haegeman, Liliane 12 

Hakemulder, Frank 56 

Halverson, Sandra L. 51 

Hanauer, David Ian 39 

Hansen, Erik W. 45 

Hansen, Lynne 36 

Haouet, Lamia 47 

Hashim, Azirah 37 

Hauge, Kjetil Ra 24 

Hauser, Stefan 24 

Hegedűs, Irén 46 

Hendery, Rachel 22 

Hernández-Campoy, Juan 

Manuel 37 

Hernández, Lorena 

Pérez 6 

Herz, Rachel S. 54 

Heuberger, Reinhard 41 

Heycock, Caroline 12 

Heylen, Kris 42 

Hinzelin, Marc-Olivier 13 

Hiramoto, Mie 26 

Hoffmann, Christian R. 31 

Hollander, Inez 52 

Honrubia, José Luis 

Cifuentes 57 

Hoorn, Johan F. 56 

Housen, Alex 34 

Huber, Judith 46 

Hübler, Axel 30 

Hundt, Marianne 42 

Hüning, Matthias 35 

Husband, E. Matthew 13 

I 

Ibanez, Francisco J. Ruiz 

de Mendoza 6 

Idström, Anna 20 

Imbach, Ruedi 55 

Ingham, Richard 44 

Ishizuka, Tomoko 12 

Itkonen, Esa 21 

Iwasaki, Shoichi 17 

Iyeiri, Yoko 41 

J 

Janhunen, Juha A. 17 

Jarema, Gonia 21 

Jaspers, Dany 12 

Jaszczolt, Kasia M. 19 

Jiménez-Fernández, 

Ángel 10 

Ji, Meng 41 

Jongh, Elena M. de 51 

K 

Kádár, Dániel Z. 29 

Kageura, Kyo 51 

Karatsu, Mariko 26 

Kawaguchi, Yuji 42 

Kecskes, Istvan 31 

Kemenade, Ans van 47 

Kiefer, Ferenc 15 

Kim-Renaud, Young- 

Key 12 

Koch, Sabine C. 53 

König, Ekkehard 23 

Koike, Dale A. 33 

Kokkola, Lydia 39 

Kopecka, Anetta 22 

Kruger, Haidee 48 

Kuczynski, John-Michael 

54 

Kühnlein, Peter 26 

Kuiken, Folkert 34 

Kuipers, Giselinde 27 

Kümmerling-Meibauer, 

Bettina 39 

Kuzar, Ron 16 

L 

Lacoste, Véronique 7 

Ladányi, Mária 15 

Ladegaard, Hans J. 32 

Lambert, José 51 

Lange, Claudia 37 

Lareo, Inés 43 

Lauwers, Peter 27 

Leap, William L. 38 

Leemann, Adrian 8 

Legallois, Dominique 16 

Léglise, Isabelle 8 

Lenker, Ursula 46 

Létourneau, Alain 28 

Leuschner, Torsten 44 

Libben, Gary 21 

Liebal, Katja 20 

Limberg, Holger 30 

Lindqvist, Christina 34 

Livnat, Zohar 29 

Ljungberg, Christina 57 

Lo Cascio, Vincenzo 36 

Locher, Miriam A. 30 

Lohndal, Terje 13 

Lorda, Clara-Ubaldina 28 

Low, Ee-Ling 37 

Lüdtke, Ulrike M. 53 

Luginbühl, Martin 24 

Lusini, Sara 15 

Lutzky, Ursula 24 

Lyche, Chantal 8 

M 

MacArthur, Fiona 18 

Măda, Stanca 28 

Mailhammer, Robert 46 

Mäkinen, Martti 47 

Malmkjaer, Kirsten 51 

Marinetti, Cristina 51 

Markus, Manfred 41 

Martín-González, Javier 

10 

Marzo, Stefania 42 

Meeuwis, Michael 4, 26 

Meibauer, Jörg 10 

Meisenburg, Trudel 8 

Mel’čuk, Igor A. 15 

Mey, Jacob L. 32 

Meylaerts, Reine 51 

Migge, Bettina 35 

Minegishi, Makoto 42 

Mojsisch, Burkhard 55 

Moliner, Olivier 35 

Mortelmans, Tanja 44 

Moskowich, Isabel 43 

Motschenbacher, Heiko 38 

Müller, Cornelia 53 

Author Index 

N 

Narasimhan, Bhuvana 22 

Neumann, Günter 51 

Ní Chiosáin, Máire 35 

Niederehe, Hans-Josef 47 

Nielsen, Hans Frede 45 

Nikolajeva, Maria 39 

Nissan, Ephraim 27 

Nye, Rachel 12 

O 

Oakes, Michael P. 41 

Östman, Jan-Ola 5, 26, 32 

Oncins-Martínez, José 

Luis 18 

P 

Paglieri, Fabio 54 

Panther, Klaus-Uwe 18 

Papi, Marcella Bertuccelli 

6 

Payne, Thomas E. 23 

Peer, Willie van 56 

Penz, Hermine 32 

Piirainen, Elisabeth 20 

Pika, Simone 20 

Pinharanda Nunes, 

Mário 7 

Piquer-Píriz, Ana María 18 

Pluta, Olaf 55 

Pokorn, Nike K. 48 

Polguère, Alain 15 

Pulcini, Virginia 9 

Pym, Anthony 48 

R 

Racine, Timothy P. 21, 53 

Rasmussen, Gitte 25 

Reber, Elisabeth 32 

Recasens, Daniel 15 

Reeve, Matthew 17 

Reyes-Tejedor, Mariano 10 

Roberts, Leah 34 

Rodríguez Barcia, Susana 

47 

Rodríguez González, 

Félix 9 

Roesch, Karen A. 16 

Ronan, Patricia 45 

Rosique, Susana 

Rodríguez 57 

Rothman, Jason 36, 39 

Rowley-Jolivet, Elizabeth 

41 

S 

Saab, Andrés 15 

Særheim, Inge 47 

Săftoiu, Răzvan 28 

Sailer, Manfred 11 

Sánchez, Antonio 

Barcelona 6 

Sánchez-García, Manuel 

18 

Sanders, José 29 

Saric, Ljiljana 24 

Sauer, Hans 46 

Schaal, Benoist 54 

Schalley, Andrea C. 18 

Schmidt, Thomas 35 

Schumacher, Petra B. 10 

Scott, Alan 10 

Seiler, Guido 44 

Sell, Roger D. 29 

Shehadeh, Ali 34 

Singleton, David 33 

Sinha, Chris 21 

Siptár, Péter 15 

Smith, Norval 7 

Solé, Maria-Josep 15 

Solovyev, Valery 23 

Soudi, Abdelhadi 51 

Stede, Manfred 26 

Steels, Luc 42 

Stenroos, Merja 47 

Suihkonen, Pirkko 23 

Sullivan, Karen 19 

Summa, Michela 53 

Szwedek, Aleksander 6 

T 

Takahashi, Hidemitsu 18 

Tedick, Diane J. 38 

Thompson, Hanne-Ruth 

17 

Thornburg, Linda L. 18 

Tian, Hailong 27 

Tono, Yukio 42 

Torrego, Esther 9 

Torrence, Harold 10 

Toury, Gideon 49, 51 

Trachsler, Richard 56 

Tsur, Reuven 56 

U 

Uribe-Etxebarria, Myriam 

17 

V 

Van Craenenbroeck, 

Jeroen 12 

Van den Abeele, Baudouin 

56 

Vandelanotte, Lieven 29 

Vanden Wyngaerd, Guido 

12 

Vanderbauwhede, Gudrun 

27 

Vedder, Ineke 34 

Velupillai, Viveka 23 

Verleyen, Stijn 27 

Verschueren, Jef 4, 5, 32 

Versluys, Eline 32 

Villa-García, Julio 39 

Vogl, Ulrike 35 

W 

Wackers, Paul 56 

Walker, Heike 11 

Waltereit, Richard 44 

Waxenberger, Gaby 46 

Webelhuth, Gert 11 

Weizman, Elda 27 

Weld, Sara Pankenier 39 

Westbury, Chris 21 

Wheeler, Max W. 57 

Wichmann, Søren 43 

Wodak, Ruth 27 

Woodfield, Helen 31 

Woodsworth, Judith 49 

Wörner, Kai 35 

Wouden, Ton van der 7 

Z 

Zabalbeascoa, Patrick 28 

Zach, Neta 54 

Zachar, Peter 53 

Zbib, Rabih 51 

Zlatev, Jordan 21, 53 

Zribi-Hertz, Anne 7 

Zucco, Gesualdo M. 54 

Zyngier, Sonia 56

Presorted Standard 

U.S. Postage 

PAID 

Wilkes-Barre, PA 

Permit No. 413 

JOHN BENJAMINS 

NORTH AMERICA, Inc. 

763 North 24th Street 

Philadelphia PA 19130 

USA 

Change service requested

Linguistics - John Benjamins

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?